IEC Power Control Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Transcription

1 IEC Power Control Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contents Pages Contents Pages Section Overview / - /5 Product Overview /6 - /7 Contactors 3RT0 / 3RT0, 3-pole to /8 3RT0, 3-pole to /9 3RT, 3-pole Vacuum to /0 3RT3 / 3RT3, -pole with NO / 3RT, 3-pole for Resistive Loads / 3RT5 / 3RT5, -pole with NO + NC /3 3RT6, for Capacitor Switching /9 3RT0, Interface Coupling Contactors /0 - / 3RT0 Motor Contactors for DC Operation.... /6 - /8 3RH Contactor Relays / - /5 3R3 / 3R3 Reversing Contactors /37 - / 3RT, 3TF Safety Contactors and. 3RH, 3TH Safety Control Relays / - /3 Function Modules for Communications / - /36 3R, Wye-Delta Starting /5 - /8 Contactor Coil Codes /9 Control Relays & Coupling Relays 3RH Control Relays /50 3RH Latched Control Relays /5 uxiliary Switches /5 3RH Coupling Relays /5 Special pplication Contactors (3TF6 / 3TB5 / 3TC) 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to /53 - /5 3TC DC Switching Contactors /55 - /56 3TB5 Contactor Coils /87 - /88 Contactor & Relay ccessories Overview /57 - /6 uxiliary Switches /65 - /68 uxiliarytime Delay and Latching Blocks /69 - /70 Surge and EMC Suppressors /7 - /7 Contactor ccessories /73 - /76 Reversing ccessories /77 - /79 Wye-delta ccessories /80 NEM Enclosures /8 Special pplication Contactor ccessories uxiliary Contacts /53 Box Terminals and Covers /5 Surge Suppressors for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF /5 Contactor Spare Parts Coils /8 - /85 rc Chutes /86 Contact Kits /86 Obsolete Contactor / Relay Spare Parts.... /89 - /90 Design / Function Overview 3RT0 / 3RT0 Contactors, S00 to S /9 - /9 3RT0 Contactors, S6 to S /93 - /9 WYE-Delta Starters /95 - /0 3RH Control Relays /03 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to /0 3RT / 3RH ccessories /05 - /07 Technical Data 3RT0 / 3RT0 Contactors /08 - /38 3RT Vacuum Contactors /, /39 - / 3RT Resistive Load Contactors /5 - /5 3RT3 / 3 -pole Contactors NO /53 - /5 3RT5 / 5 -pole Contactors NO & NC.. /55 - /56 3RT6 Capacitor Switching Contactors /57 3RT0 Interface Relays /58 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to /59 - /6 3TC DC Switching Contactors /65 - /68 ccessories /69 - /7 3RH Control and Latching Relays /7 - /75 3RH Coupling Relays /76 Circuit Diagrams 3RT Contactors & ccessories /77 - /85 3R3 / 3 Reversing Contactors /86 WYE-Delta Starters /87 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to /88 3RH Control & Latching Relays /90 3RH Coupling Relays /89 Position of Terminals 3RT Contactors and ccessories /90 - /9 3RT6 Capacitor Contactors /93 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to /95 3RH Control Relays /90 Dimensions 3RT, 3-pole Contactors S00 to S /96 - /99 3RT0, 3-pole Contactors S6 to S /00 - /0 3RT, 3-pole Contactors for Resistive Loads.. /00 - /0 3RT, 3-pole Vacuum Contactors /0 3RT3 / 3, 3RT5 / 5 -pole Contactors /03 3RT6, Contactors for Capacitor Switching /0 3R3 / 3 Reversing Contactors /05 - /07 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to /08 Contactor ccessories /09 - /0 3RH Control and Coupling Relays / /

2 IEC Power Control Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for switching three-phase motors Contactors for switching three-phase motors 3RT0 / 3RT0 Contactors, 3-pole 3 to 75 HP Sizes S00 to S3 with screw, spring or ring lug connections Page 3RT0 contactors, 3-pole, 00 to 00 HP, sizes S6, S0 and S 3RT0 / 3RT0 NEM Labeled Contactors, NEM size 0 to 6 Page Page Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data C/DC operation /8 C/DC operation /9 C/DC operation /8, /9 ccessories /65 ccessories /65 ccessories /65 Spare parts /8 Spare parts /85 Spare parts.... /8 Description /9 Description /93 Description /9 Technical data /08 Technical data /0 Technical data /08 Internal circuit diagrams /77 Internal circuit diagrams /83 Internal circuit diagrams /77 Position of terminals /90 Position of terminals /9 Position of terminals /90 Dimension drawings /96 Dimension drawings /00 Dimension drawings /96 Contactor assemblies for switching three-phase motors 3RT vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 50 to 00 HP, sizes S0 and S 3R3 / 3 contactor assemblies for reversing, 3 to 75 HP, sizes S00 to S3 with screw or spring loaded connections Wye Delta for customer assembly of sizes S00 to S Page Page Page Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data C/DC operation /0 C and DC operation /0 for wye-delta starting ccessories /65 ccessories /77 ccessories Spare parts /85 Spare parts /8 Spare parts Description /93 Overview /38 Overview Technical data /39 Description /37 Description Internal circuit diagrams /83 Circuit diagram /86 Circuit diagrams Position of terminals /9 Position of terminals /9 Dimension drawings /0 Dimension drawings /05 /7 /80 /8 /96 /95 /87 /

3 IEC Power Control Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for special applications Contactors for special applications 3RT contactors, I e /C-: 0 to 690, 3-pole, sizes S3 to S, with screw connections Page Selection and ordering data C and DC operation / ccessories /65 Spare parts /8 Descriptions / Technical Data /5 Internal circuit diagrams /83 Position of terminals /9 Dimension drawings /98 3RT3 / 3 contactors, C-: 8 to 0 with NO main contacts, sizes S00 to S3 with screw or spring connections Page Selection and ordering data C and DC operation / ccessories /65 Spare parts /8 Description / Technical Data /53 Internal circuit diagrams /78 Position of terminals /9 Dimension drawings /03 3RT5 / 5 contactors, C-3: HP with NO + NC main contacts, sizes S00 to S with screw or spring connections Page Selection and ordering data C and DC operation /3 ccessories /65 Spare parts /8 Description /3 Technical Data /55 Internal circuit diagrams /77 Position of terminals /90 Dimension drawings /03 3RT6 capacitor contactors up to 60 kvar sizes S00 to S3 with screw connections Page Selection and ordering data C and DC operation / ccessories /65 Spare parts /83 Descriptions / Technical Data /57 Internal circuit diagrams /77 Position of terminals /93 Dimension drawings /0 3RT0 coupling relays up to 0 HP (interface,) 3-pole, for switching motors, sizes S00 and S0 with screw or spring connections Page Selection and ordering data DC operation /0 ccessories /65 Spare parts /8 Description /0 Technical Data /58 Internal circuit diagrams /77 Position of terminals /90 Dimension drawings /96 3RT Safety Contactors and 3RH Safety Control Relays Page Selection and ordering data Safety with standard devices / Safety with permanently /3 mounted auxiliaries ccessories /7 Description / Technical Data /08 /3

4 IEC Power Control Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for special application Operator and indicator elements 3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors, 500 to 700 HP; contactor assemblies Page Selection and ordering data C and DC operation /53 ccessories /53 Spare parts /53 Descriptions /0 Technical Data /59 Internal circuit diagrams /88 Position of terminals /95 Dimension drawings /08 3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors with DC solenoid system, 00 to 300 Hp Page Selection and ordering data Spare parts /88 3TC Contactors Page Selection and ordering data DC operation /55 Spare parts /55 Technical Data /65 3RT Nomenclature 3RT B0 pplication Frame Current Terminal Coil Type Coil Voltage ux Contacts ) Contactor 0 = 3 pole Standard 3 = S Designation = Screw = C (S00-S3) See Coil 0 = None = 3 pole Vacuum = S3 = Spring Loaded = C/DC (S6-S) Selection Chart = NO (S00-S3) page /9 3 = pole NO 5 = S6 Choices = 3 = Spring Loaded B = DC (S00-S3) = NC (S00-S3) = 3 pole resistive load 6 = S0 3,,5,6 Coil only N = UC Solid state = NO + NC (S00-S) 5 = pole NO + NC 7 = S 6 = Busbar Terminal (S6-S) 5 = NO + NC (S0-S) 6 = 3 pole Capacitive P = UC Solid state 6 = NO + NC (S0-S) with RLT (S6-S) ) per EN500 3RT Innovations Nomenclature 3RT 0 5 B0 pplication Frame Current Terminal Coil Type Coil Voltage ux Contacts ) Innovations 0 = 3 pole Standard = S00 3,,5,6,7,8 = Screw = C (S00-S0) See Coil 0 = NO + NC (S0) Selection Chart Contactor 3 = pole NO = S0 = Spring Loaded B = DC = NO (S00) page /9 5 = pole NO + NC = Ring Lug N = UC Electronic = NC (S00) = NO + NC (S00-S0) ) per EN500 Note: MSPs and Contactors of the same frame size are made to easily fit together with the use of a link module or can be purchased pre-assembled as 3R starter assemblies. See section. Note: Contactors and Overloads of the frame size S00 - S3 are made to easily fit together without the use of accessories. Note: This is only a guide to decode the model number. ll possible combinations of these are not available. /

5 IEC Power Control Contactors and Contactor ssemblies control relays Contact blocks and lampholders contactor relays 3RH, 3RH control relays - and 8-pole, size S00, C and DC operation Page 3RH latched control relays, -pole, size S00, C and DC operation Page Selection and ordering data With screw connections /50 With spring connections /50 ccessories for 3RH. /5 Overview / Technical data /7 Terminal diagrams /89 Position of terminals /90 Dimension drawings / Selection and ordering data With screw connections /5 ccessories for 3RH /5. pplication /03 Technical data /7 Terminal diagrams /89 Position of terminals /90 Dimension drawings / coupling relays (interface) 3RH coupling relays for switching auxiliary circuits, -pole, size S00, DC operation Page Selection and ordering data With screw connections /5 with Cage Clamp connections /5 pplication /5 Technical data /76 Terminal diagrams /89 Position of terminals /90 Dimension drawings / /5

6 IEC Power Control Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Revised 09/30/ Overview Type S00 3RT0 S0 3RT0 S 3RT0 3 3RT0 / 3RT0 contactors C/DC operation 3RT05 3RT06 3RT07 3RT08 3RT03 3RT0 3RT05 3RT06 3RT07 3RT08 3RT033 3RT03 3RT035 3RT036 Type page /8 page /8 page /8 Maximum 3-phase horsepower ratings at 60V (UL and CS listed values) 00 V HP V HP V HP V HP C-3 I e /C-3/00V V V V V V C- (at I a = 6 x I e ) 00 V V C- (0 C, 690V) I e ccessories for contactors uxiliary switch blocks front 3RH9 lateral 3RH9 (p. /65) (p. /67) 3RH9 3RH9 (p. /65) (p. /67) Terminal covers 3RT9 36-E Box terminals (p. /76) Surge suppressor 3RT9 6 (p. /7) 3RT9 6 (p. /7) 3RT9 6/36 (p. /7) 3RU/ and 3RB / 3RB3 overload relays (Section 3) 3RU, thermal, CLSS 0 3RU (p. 3/0) 3RU (p. 3/0) 3RU (p. 3/0) 3RB30/3, solid-state, CLSS 5, 0, 0 and 30 3RB30 6 3RB (p. 3/) (p. 3/3) 3RB (p. 3/) 3RB3 6 (p. 3/3) 3RB (p. 3/) 3RB 36 (p. 3/3) 3RB/3, solid-state, CLSS 5, 0, 0 and 30 3RB.83+ 3RB (p. 3/3) 3RB (p. 3/3) 3RB9 06 3RV0 / 3RV0 circuit-breakers (Section ) Type 3RV (p. /) 3RV0-0 (p. /) 3RV (p. /5) Link modules 3R9 (p. /0) 3R9 (p. /0) 3R9 3 (p. /0) 3R3 / 3R3 Reversing contractor assemblies Complete units Type 3R35 3R36 3R37 3R38 3R3 3R35 3R36 3R37 3R38 3R333 3R33 3R335 3R336 (page /0) (page /) (page /3) 60 V HP Installation kits / wiring connectors 3R9 3- (p. /78) 3R9 3- (p. /78) 3R9 33- (p. /78) Mechanical interlocks 3R9 -H (p. /79) 3R9 -H (p. /79) 3R9 -B (p. /77) /6

7 IEC Power Control Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Dimension drawings (mm) Contact blocks and lampholders Overview S3 3RT. S6 3RT. 5 S0 3RT. 6 S 3RT. 7 3TF6 3RT0 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 5 3RT0 55 3RT0 56 3RT0 6 3RT0 65 3RT0 66 3RT0 75 3RT0 76 (p. /8) (p. /9) (p. /9) (p. /9) 3RT 6 3RT 65 3RT 66 3RT 75 3RT 76 3TF68 3TF69 (p. /0) (p. /0) (p. /53) / / / / /500 50/ / / / 00 8/ / / / TY7 56 3RT9 6-E/ (p. /76) 3RT9 56-E//3 (p. /76) 3RT9 66-E//3 (p. /76) 3TX7 686/696 3RT9 55/56-G (p. /76) 3RT9 66-G (p. /76) 3RT9 56-C (RC element) (p. /7) 3TX7 57 (p. /53) (p. /5) (p. /5) 3RU (p. 3/0) 3RB (p. 3/) 3RB 6 (p. 3/3) 3RB0 56 3RB (p. 3/) (p. 3/3) 3RB0 66 3RB (p. 3/) (p. 3/3) 3RB0 66 3RB (p. 3/) 3RB0 66 3RB (p. 3/) 3RB RB (p. 3/3) 3RB RB (p. 3/3) 3RV (p. /5) 3R9 (p. /0) 3R3 3R3 5 3R3 6 (p. /) R9 3- (p. /78) 3R9 53- (p. /78) 3R9 63- (p. /78) 3R9 73- (p. /78) 3TX R9 5- (p. /77) 3TX /7

8 IEC Power Control Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors, 3-pole Size S00 to S3 Revised 09/30/ Selection and ordering data 3RT0.- 3RT RT08-N... 3RT05-B... 3RT RT0-... Frame Size mp Ratings Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings uxiliary contacts Screw Terminals Spring-Loaded Terminals ) C3 C 5V 08V 30V 08V 30V 60V 575V NO NC Order No. Order No. 3RT 3-pole contactors RT05-3RT05- S00 S0 S S3 0 3RT05-3RT RT06-3RT06-0 3RT06-3RT RT07-3RT07-0 3RT07-3RT RT08-3RT08-0 3RT08-3RT RT03-0 3RT RT0-0 3RT RT05-0 3RT RT06-0 3RT RT07-0 3RT RT08-0 3RT RT RT RT03-0 3RT RT RT RT RT RT0-0 3RT RT05-0 3RT RT06-0 3RT Size S0 only: UC Electronic with integrated varistor C Coil = DC Coil = B UC Coil = N B N Weight approx. kg 0./0.9 0./ /.5.8/.8 NEM SIze mp Ratings Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings uxiliary contacts Screw Terminals with C coil Spring Terminals with VDC coil 5V 08V 30V 08V 30V 60V 575V NO NC Order No. Order No. kg NEM Labeled Contactors Weight approx RT08- -0U0 3RT08-BB-0U RT07-0-0U0 3RT07-BB0-0U0 0.6 / RT U0 3RT036-BB0-0U / RT06-0-0U0 3RT06-BB0-0U0.8 /.8 ll terminals are spring loaded on frame sizes S00 & S0. Only the coil terminals are spring loaded on frame sizes S & S3. Note: Ring lug terminals are also available in size S00 & S0 contactors, except contactors with communication interface or UC coil. Change the 8th digit of the order number to a, e. g. 3RT05-K6. For further coil voltages, see page /9. For auxiliaries and accessories, see page /65-/80. For spare parts, see page /8-/86. For technical data, see page /08-/9. For description, see page /9-/9. For int. circuit diagrams, see page /77-/8. For dimension drawings, see page /96-/99. C coil selection for 3RT0 through 3RT0.-. = Coil Code C ) H 3) K6 P6 U6 V6 T6 60 Hz Hz ) Use code B0 for 3RT0 (S00) 3) Use code H0 for 3RT0 (S00) DC coil selection for 3RT0 through 3RT0.-. = B Coil Code ) B W E F G M DC V V 8 V 60 V 0 V 5 V 0 V ) For 3RT0 (S00) only UC coil selection for 3RT0.-. = N Coil Code B3 F3 P3 5) UC -8 V V V 5) t upper limit =. x U s /8 Product Category: IEC

9 Revised 09/30/ IEC Power Control Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors, 3-pole Size S6-S and NEM size -6 Selection and ordering data * C/DC Coils with built in surge suppressor * Coil Types (0Hz to 60Hz, DC): * Conventional Coil * Solid-state operated coil with wider range and V DC PLC input * Solid-state operated coil with Remaining Lifetime Indication (RLT) * Box terminals ordered separately 3RT RT065-6P.. 5 Frame Size mp Ratings Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings uxiliary contacts Screw Terminals on coil and aux. Spring-type terminals on coil and aux. contacts C3 C 5V 30V 00V 30V 60V 575V NO NC Order No. Order No. 3RT 3-pole Contactors RT RT05-6 S RT RT RT RT056-6 S0 S RT RT RT RT RT RT RT RT RT RT076-6 UC Conventional Coil Solid State Operated Coil = Solid State Operated Coil with RLT = N P 5 N Weight approx. kg NEM SIze mp Ratings Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings uxiliary contacts Screw Terminals on coil and aux. Spring-type terminals on coil and aux. contacts 5V 30V 08V 30V 60V 575V NO NC Order No. Order No. NEM Labeled Contactors RT U RT U RT U0 0.5 Weight approx. kg ll coil voltages are in the adjacent table. For auxiliaries and accessories, see page /65-/80. For spare parts, see page /8-/86. For technical data, see page /30-/38. For description, see page /93-/9. For int. circuit diagrams, see page /83-/85. For dimension drawings, see page /00-/0. Sizes S6 to S Coil Codes - UC operation (C 50 to 60 Hz and DC) UC Conventional Coil Solid-State Coil Rated control 3RT Rated control 3RT. 5.-.N 3RT. 5.-.P supply voltage Us supply voltage Us Us min... Us max ) 3RT Us min... Us max ) 3RT. 6.-.N 3RT. 6.-.P 3RT RT. 7.-.N 3RT. 7.-.P Coil Codes Coil Codes V C/DC B V C/DC B V C/DC D V C/DC F3 F V C/DC F V C/DC P3 P V C/DC M V C/DC P V C/DC U V C/DC V V C/DC R V C/DC S V C/DC T3 ) Operating range: 0.8 x Us min to. Us max. Product Category: IEC /9

10 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT vacuum contactors, 3-pole Selection and ordering data C/DC operation (0 Hz Hz, DC) Withdrawable coils Integrated coil circuit (varistor) uxiliary and control conductors: screw connections Main conductor: bar connections Size Horsepower ratings uxiliary and utilization categories contacts, lateral C-3 Maximum inductive current Ratings of three-phase motors 00 V 30 V 60 V 575 V C- Maximum resistive current Rated control supply voltage U s Order No. Weight approx. 3RT 6. 3RT 7. mps HP HP HP HP mps NO NC C/DC V kg Conventional operating mechanism S RT 6-6F RT 6-6P RT 65-6F RT 65-6P RT 66-6F RT 66-6P36 S RT 75-6F RT 75-6P RT 76-6F RT 76-6P36 Solid-state operating mechanism for DC V PLC output S RT 6-6NF RT 6-6NP RT 65-6NF RT 65-6NP RT 66-6NF RT 66-6NP36 S RT 75-6NF RT 75-6NP RT 76-6NF RT 76-6NP36. Universal Coil Selection for 3RT6 through 3RT7: Conventional Operation Coil Code B3 D3 F3 M3 P3 U3 V3 R3 S3 T3 Volts C/DC 0-60 Hz, DC V.. 8 V V V V V V V V V Solid State Selection for 3RT6 through 3RT7: Solid-State Coil Code B3 F3 P3 Volts C/DC 0-60 Hz, DC V V V For further vacuum contactors, 500Hp and 700Hp (3TF68/69), see page /53. For auxiliaries and accessories, see page /67. For spare parts, see page /85-/86. For technical data, see page /39-/. For int. circuit diagrams, see page /83 For dimension drawings, see page /0. /0 Product Category: IEC

11 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT3 & 3RT3 contactors, -pole ( NO contacts) for switching resistive loads (C-) Standards IEC 6097-, EN IEC , EN IEC , EN (auxiliary switches) Design The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are safe from touch to DIN VDE 006, Part 00. The accessories for the 3-pole contactors can also be used for the -pole designs. Mountable auxiliary contacts Size S00: auxiliary contacts of which up to 3 can be NC. Size S0: additional auxiliary contacts up to can be NC. Sizes S and S3: Up to auxiliary contacts (either laterally mounted or snappped onto the top). Contactor assemblies with mechanical interlock The -pole 3RT3 / 3RT3 contactors with NO contacts as the main contacts are suitable for making contactor assemblies with a mechanical interlock, e.g. for system transfers. Size S00: Contactor assemblies can be made using two 3RT3. contactors in conjunction with the mechanical interlock and two connecting clips (Order No. 3R9-H, pack comprising 0 interlocking elements and 0 clips for 0 contactor assemblies, see accessories on page /7). Size S0: In order to make -pole contactor assemblies using two 3RT3. contactors, the fourth pole of the left-hand contactor must always be moved to the left-hand side. The contactor assembly can then be made easily with the aid of the 3R9-H mechanical interlock and connecting clip set fitted between the two contactors. Sizes S and S3: Contactor assemblies can be made using two 3RT3 3 or 3RT3. contactors in conjunction with the laterally mountable 3R9 -B mechanical interlock and the 3R9. -G mechanical connectors. The mechanical interlock and the 3R9. -G mechanical connectors. The mechanical interlock for fitting onto the front cannot be used for size S and S3 contactors. pplication Switching resistive loads Isolating systems with unearthed or poorly earthed neutral conductors System transfers when alternative C power supplies are used s contactors which only carry current and do not have to switch in case of inductive loads e.g. variable-speed operating mechanisms Switching mixed loads in distribution systems (e.g. for supplying heaters, lamps, motors, PC power supply units) with p.f. > 0.8 according to IEC , test conditions for utilization category C- Selection and ordering data ) Size S00 and S0 contactors are also available with spring-type terminals. Replace the 8th digit of the order no. with a e.g. 3RT3 6-B00 ) Minimum conductor cross-section 8 WG. Rating data uxiliary contacts Rated C Operation Rated DC Operation C- Ratings of control control Max resist. C loads Screw Screw Identification supply supply current I voltage U s Terminals ) voltage Terminals ) e at 60 V, 0 C 60 C 60 Hz No. Version 50/60 Hz Order No. U s Order No. mps HP NO NC V C V DC For screwing and stapping onto 35 mm mounting rail 3RT3 7-P60 Size S00 uxiliary switches can be retrofitted /0 0/0 3RT3 6-B00 3RT3 6-K60 3RT3 6-P RT3 7-B00 0/0 3RT3 7-K60 5 0/0 3RT3 7-P60 0 Size S0 Terminal designations according to EN 500 NO + NC, identification number E 3RT3 7-P60 35 ) 30 ) 0 E 0/0 0/0 0 ) 35 ) 0 E 0/0 0/0 50 ) ) 0 E 0/0 0/0 3RT3 36-P60 Size S /0 0/0 Size S /0 0/ /0 0/0 For further voltages, see page /9. For coil voltage tolerance, p. /9 For auxiliaries and accessories, see page /65-/80. For spare parts, see page /8-/86. 3RT3 5-C0 3RT3 5-K60 3RT3 5-P60 3RT3 6-C0 3RT3 6-K60 3RT3 6-P60 3RT3 7-C0 3RT3 7-K60 3RT3 7-P60 3RT3 36-C0 3RT3 36-K60 3RT3 36-P60 3RT3 -C0 3RT3 -K60 3RT3 -P60 3RT3 6-C0 3RT3 6-K60 3RT3 6-P RT3 6-BB0 3RT3 6-BG0 3RT3 6-BM0 3RT3 7-BB0 3RT3 7-BG0 3RT3 7-BM0 3RT3 5-BB0 3RT3 5-BG0 3RT3 5-BM0 3RT3 6-BB0 3RT3 6-BG0 3RT3 6-BM0 3RT3 7-BB0 3RT3 7-BG0 3RT3 7-BM0 3RT3 36-BB0 3RT3 36-BG0 3RT3 36-BM0 3RT3 -BB0 3RT3 -BG0 3RT3 -BM0 3RT3 6-BB0 3RT3 6-BG0 3RT3 6-BM0 For technical data, see page /53-/5. For in. circuit diagrams, see page /78-/83. For dimension drawings, see page /03. Product Category: IEC /

12 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT, 3-pole for switching resistive loads (C-) pplication C and DC operation (size S3) UC operation (C/DC) (sizes S6 to S) IEC 60 97, EN (VDE 0660) The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are safe from touch to DIN VDE 006 Part 00. 3RT contactors are used for switching resistive loads. (C-) or as contactors, for example in variable-speed drives which normally only have to carry the current. The accessories for the 3RT0 contactors can also be used here. Selection and ordering data 3RT Ratings C- utilization category, IEC Ratings Maximum current mps Rated power of three phase loads cos Ø = 0.95 (@ 60 C) 30V 00V 500V 690V UL Ratings Max Current mps 30/ 0V 60/ 80V 575/ 600V Rated control Order No. Weight supply voltage U s approx. Hp Hp Hp kg With screw connections for screwing and snapping onto 35 mm and 75 mm standard mounting rails Size S3 (without auxiliary contacts) C operation V, 50/60 Hz 3RT 6-C V, 60 Hz 3RT 6-K6 0 0 V, 60 Hz 3RT 6-P6 0 DC operation DC solenoid system DC V 3RT 6-BB 0.7 DC 8 V 3RT 6-BW0 C/DC operation (0 Hz Hz, DC) Withdrawable coils Integrated coil circuit (varistor) uxiliary and control conductors: screw connections Main conductor: bar connections 3RT 6. 3RT 7. Size Ratings C- utilization category, IEC Ratings C- Maximum resistive current Rated power of three phase loads cos Ø = 0.95 (@ 60 C) UL Rating Max Current uxiliary contacts, lateral Rated control Order No. Weight supply voltage U s approx. 30V 00V 500V 690V mps mps NO NC C/DC V kg Conventional operating mechanism S RT 56-6F RT 56-6P36 S RT 66-6F RT 66-6P36 S RT 76-6F RT 76-6P36 Solid-state operating mechanism for DC V PLC output S RT 56-6NF RT 56-6NP36 S RT 66-6NF RT 66-6NP36 S RT 76-6NF RT 76-6NP36 Solid-state operating mechanism for DC V PLC with remaining lifetime indication S RT 56-6PF RT 56-6PP35 S RT 66-6PP S RT 76-6PP35 9. Universal Coil Selection for 3RT5 through 3RT7: Conventional Operation Coil Code B3 D3 F3 M3 P3 U3 V3 R3 S3 T3 Volts C/DC V.. 8 V V V V V V V V V 0-60 Hz, DC Universal Coil Selection for 3RT5 through 3RT7: Solid-State Coil Code B3 F3 P3 Volts C/DC 0-60 Hz, DC V V V Note: B3 code not available for Remaining Lifetime Contactors. For further coil voltages, see page /9. For auxiliaries and accessories, see page /65-/80. For spare parts, see page /8-/86. For technical data, see page /5-/5. For int. circuit diagrams, see page /83. For dimension drawings, see page /98, /00-/0. / Product Category: IEC

13 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT5 / 3RT5 contactors, -pole ( NO + NC contacts for switching motors C and DC operation IEC /EN (VDE 0660, Part 0) Design The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are safe to touch according to EN 507. The accessories for the 3-pole contactors can also be used for the -pole designs. Mountable auxiliary contacts Size S00 and S0: auxiliary contacts, of which up to can be NC contacts. Size S Up to auxiliary contacts (either laterally mounted or snapped onto the top; auxiliary switch blocks to EN 50 0 and EN ) pplication Changing the polarity of hoisting gear motors Switching two separate loads from the same source Selection and ordering data Rating data C- Max Rated Rated C-/C-3 T u: up to 60 C resistive control C Operation ) control DC Operation ) Max Current I e at 00 V Max motor HP at 60 V, 60 Hz current 0 C 60 C uxiliary contacts Version supply voltage U s Screw terminals Order No. supply voltage U s Screw terminals Order No. mps HP mps NO NC V C, 50/60 Hz V DC For screwing and stapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail 3RT5 6-B00 Size S00 3) - uxiliary switches can be retrofitted RT5 6-B00 3RT5 6-BB0 0/0 3RT5 6-K60 5 3RT5 6-BG0 0/0 3RT5 6-P60 0 3RT5 6-BM0 7.5 ) 0 3RT5 7-B00 3RT5 7-BB0 3RT5 6-C0 0/0 3RT5 7-K60 5 3RT5 7-BG0 0/0 3RT5 7-P60 0 3RT5 7-BM0 6 0 ) 0 3RT5 8-B00 3RT5 8-BB0 0/0 3RT5 8-K60 5 3RT5 8-BG0 0/0 3RT5 8-P60 0 3RT5 8-BM0 Size S0 - Terminal designations according to EN 500, NO + NC, identification number E RT5 6-C0 3RT5 6-BB0 3RT5 35-C0 0/0 3RT5 6-K60 5 3RT5 6-BG0 0/0 3RT5 6-P60 0 3RT5 6-BM0 Size S RT5 35-C0 3RT5 35-BB0 0/0 3RT5 35-K60 5 3RT5 35-BG0 0/0 3RT5 35-P60 0 3RT5 35-BM0 For further voltages, see page /9. For auxiliaries and accessories, see page /65-/80. For spare parts, see page /8-/86. For technical data, see page /55-/56. For int. circuit diagrams, see page /78-/83. For dimension drawings, see page /03. ) For changing polarity; not suitable for reversing. ) Size S00 and S0 contactors are also available with spring-type terminals. Replace the 8th digit of the order no. with a e.g. 3RT5 6-B00 Product Category: IEC 3) Size S00: Coil voltage tolerance at 50 Hz: x U s at 60 Hz: x U s ) The NC contact can switch up to 5 HP. /3

14 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT, 3RH Contactors for Special pplications 3RH contactor relays Overview DC operation IEC , EN , for requirements according to IEC and IEC The contactor relays are finger-safe according to EN 507. The size S00 contactor relays have spring-type connections for all terminals. mbient temperature The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the contactor relays (across the full coil operating range) is -0 to +70 C. Uninterrupted duty at temperatures > +60 C reduces the mechanical endurance, the current carrying capacity of the conducting paths and the switching frequency. Control and auxiliary circuits The solenoid coils of the contactor relays have an extended coil operating range from 0.7 to.5 x U s and are fitted as standard with suppressor diodes to provide protection against overvoltage. The opening delay is consequently to 5 ms longer than for standard contactors. pplication For operation in installations which are subject both to considerable variations in the control voltage and to high ambient temperatures, e. g. railway applications under extreme climatic conditions, rolling mills, etc. lso for control supply voltages with battery buffer for longer operating times should the battery charging fail. Contactor relays without series resistor Control and auxiliary circuits These contactor relays have an extended operating range from 0.7 to.5 x U s ; the solenoid coils are fitted with a suppressor diode. n additional series resistor is not required. Note: n additional auxiliary switch block cannot be mounted. Side-by-side mounting clearance of 0 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 C 70 C. Contactor relays with series resistor Control and auxiliary circuits The DC solenoid systems of the contactor relays are modified (to hold-in coil) by means of a series resistor. The size S00 contactor relays are supplied prewired with a plugon module containing the series resistor. The suppressor diode is integrated. L+ L- S R V E+ K K NSB0_077 -pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005) can be fitted additionally. Side-by-side mounting Side-by-side mounting is permitted at ambient temperatures up to 70 C. /

15 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT, 3RH Contactors for Special pplications 3RH contactor relays Selection and ordering data DC operation DC solenoid system Spring-type terminals For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rail Solenoid coil fitted with suppressor diode Rated operational current Contacts e/c-5/c- T u : 70 C at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V Version 3RH -K. 0 3RH -K. 0-0L0 Rated control supply Spring-type terminals Weight voltage U s approx. Order No. NO NC V DC kg 3RH contactor relays Size S00 Without series resistor Terminal designations according to EN 500 NO + NC, identification number E (+) ( ) ) 3RH -KB RH -KF With series resistor Terminal designations according to EN NO + NC, identification number E (+) ( ) ) 3RH -KB0-0L RH -KF0-0L ) It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. ) -pole auxiliary switch block according to EN can be mounted. More information Contactors Type 3RH.. Upright mounting position Contactors with series resistor Special version (on request) Contactors without series resistor Special version (on request) mbient temperature During operation C During storage C Solenoid coil operating range DC x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils For cold coil and.0 x U s Contactors with series resistor - Closing W 3 - Closed W Contactors without series resistor - Closing W.8 - Closed W.8 ll specifications and technical specifications not mentioned here are identical to those of the standard contactor relays. /5

16 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT, 3RH Contactors for Special pplications 3RT0 motor contactors, HP Overview DC operation IEC , EN , for requirements according to IEC and IEC The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 507. The contactors have spring-type connections as well as screw connections. The size S00 and S0 contactors have spring-type connections for all terminals. mbient temperature The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the contactors (across the full coil operating range) is -0 to +70 C. Uninterrupted duty at temperatures > +60 C reduces the mechanical endurance, the current carrying capacity of the conducting paths and the switching frequency. Control and auxiliary circuits The solenoid coils of the contactor relays have an extended coil operating range from 0.7 to.5 or.3 x U s and are fitted as standard with suppressor diodes. The opening delay is consequently to 5 ms longer than for standard contactors. pplication For operation in installations which are subject both to considerable variations in the control voltage and to high ambient temperatures, e. g. railway applications under extreme climatic conditions, rolling mills, etc. lso for control supply voltages with battery buffer for longer operating times should the battery charging fail. Contactors without series resistor Control and auxiliary circuits These contactors have an extended operating range from 0.7 to.5 x U s ; on size S00 the coils are fitted with suppressor diodes, on size S0 with varistors. n additional series resistor is not required. Note: n additional auxiliary switch block cannot be mounted. Side-by-side mounting clearance of 0 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 C 70 C. 3RT0. contactors with series resistor Control and auxiliary circuits The solenoid coils of the contactors have an extended coil operating range from 0.7 to.5 x U s and are fitted as standard with suppressor diodes to provide protection against overvoltage. The DC solenoid systems of the contactors are modified (to holding excitation) by means of a series resistor. L+ L- S Rv E+ Q Q - /L /T The size S00 contactors are supplied prewired with a plug-on module containing the series resistor. The suppressor diode is integrated. -pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005) can be fitted additionally. circuit diagram showing the terminals is labeled on each contactor. One NC of the auxiliary contacts is required for the series resistor function. The selection and ordering data shows the number of additional, unassigned auxiliary contacts. With size S00 it is possible to extend the number of auxiliary contacts. Side-by-side mounting t ambient temperatures up to 70 C, the size S00 contactors and contactor relays are allowed to be mounted side by side. 3RT0. contactors with solid-state operating mechanism, extended operating range Control and auxiliary circuits The solenoid coils of the contactors have an extended coil operating range from 0.7 to.3 x U s and are fitted as standard with varistors to provide protection against overvoltage. The contactors are energized via upstream control electronics which ensure the coil operating range of 0.7 to.3 x U s at an ambient temperature of 70 C. They are supplied as complete units with integrated coil electronics. varistor is integrated for damping opening surges in the coil. The mounting possibilities for auxiliary switches correspond to those of the standard contactors for switching motors in the matching size (see page /58). 3/6). Side-by-side mounting Side-by-side mounting is permitted at ambient temperatures up to 70 C for these contactor versions in size S0. 3/L /T 5/L3 6/T3 NSB0_078 /6

17 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT, 3RH Contactors for Special pplications 3RT0 motor contactors, HP Selection and ordering data DC operation DC solenoid system Spring-type terminals For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rail Solenoid coil fitted with suppressor diode (S00) 3RT0. -K.. 3RT0. -K. -0L0 Rated data C-3 Operational current e at Ratings of induction motors at uxiliary contacts Ident. No. Version Rated control supply voltage U s Spring-type terminals Order No. Weight approx. 00 V 00 V 30 V 60 V 575 V HP HP HP HP NO NC V DC kg 3RT0 contactors for switching motors Size S00 Without series resistor ) Terminal designations according to EN 500 or EN NO, identification number 0E 3 (+) /L 3/L 5/L3 ( ) /T /T 6/T3 NC, identification number 0 (+) /L 3/L 5/L3 ( ) /T /T 6/T E ) 3RT0 7-KB RT0 7-KG ) 3RT0 7-KB RT0 7-KG With series resistor (+) /L 3/L 5/L3 ( ) /T /T 6/T ) 3) 3RT0 7-KB-0L RT0 7-KG-0L ) 3) 3RT0 8-KB-0L RT0 8-KG-0L For accessories and spare parts, see see page page /65-/68. 3/93. ) It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. clearance of 0 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 C. ) One -pole auxiliary switch block according to EN can be mounted; no distance required up to 70 C. 3) NC contact cannot be used because it is required for switching the series resistor. ) Versions available with screw terminals. /7

18 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT, 3RH Contactors for Special pplications 3RT0 motor contactors, HP DC operation DC solenoid system Spring-type terminals For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rail Solenoid coil fitted with varistor (S0) 3RT0. -K. 0 3RT0. -X. 0-0L Rated data C-3 Operational current e at Ratings of induction motors at uxiliary contacts Ident. No. Version Rated control supply voltage U s Spring-type terminals Order No. Weight approx. 00 V 00 V 30 V 60 V 575 V HP HP HP HP NO NC V DC kg 3RT0 contactors for switching motors Size S0 Terminal designations according to EN 500 NO + NC, identification number E /L 3/L 5/L3 (+) 3 ( ) /T /T 6/T3 Without series resistor ) E 3RT0 5-KB RT0 5-KG E 3RT0 6-KB RT0 6-KG E 3RT0 7-KB RT0 7-KG With solid-state operating mechanism E 3RT0 5-XB0-0L RT0 5-XG0-0L E 3RT0 6-XB0-0L RT0 6-XG0-0L E 3RT0 7-XB0-0L RT0 7-XG0-0L E 3RT0 8-XB0-0L RT0 8-XG0-0L For accessories and and spare parts, see see page page /65-/68. 3/93. ) It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. clearance of 0 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 C. More information Contactors Type 3RT0 7 3RT0. 3RT0.-XB0-0L mbient temperature During operation C During storage C Solenoid coil operating range DC x U s x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils For cold coil and.0 x U s Contactors with series resistor - Closing W 3 - Closed W Contactors without series resistor - Closing W Closed W.8.5 Contactors with solid-state operating - Closing W mechanism - Closed W ll specs and technical specs not mentioned here are identical to those of the standard contactors for switching motors. 3RT0.-XF0-0L /8

19 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT6 capacitor contactors C operation IEC 60 97, EN (VDE 0660) The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are safe from touch to DIN VDE 006 Part 00. The 3RT6 capacitor contactors are special variants of the size S00 to S3 contactors. The capacitors are precharged by means of the mounted leading NO contacts and resistors; only then do the main contacts close. This prevents disturbances in the power system and welding of the contactors. Only discharged capacitors are permitted to be switched on with capacitor contactors. Recommendation: use discharge chokes for parallel connection with the capacitors. The capacitor contactors of size S00 comprise an NO contact and another unassigned NC contact in the auxiliary switch block fitted to the basic unit. The auxiliary switch block which is snapped onto the capacitor contactor of sizes S0 and S3 contains the three leading NO contacts and one standard NO contact, which is unassigned. Size S00 also contains another unassigned NO contact in the basic unit. The capacitor contactors of size S3 can be fitted additionally with a -pole auxiliary switch block ( NO, NC or NO + NC), type 3RH9 - E.. for lateral mounting. For the capacitor making and breaking capacity of the basic 3RT0 contactor variant, see the technical data. Selection and ordering data C operation C-6b utilization category For switching three-phase capacitors at an ambient temperature of 60 C ) UL capacitor rating at operational voltage 00/08 30/0 60/80 575/600 Current uxiliary contacts, unassigned Rated control supply voltage U s ) Screw connection Order No. Phase kvar kvar kvar kvar C kg For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail 3RT Size S00 Ø NO V, 50 Hz 3RT6 7-B Ø V, 60 Hz 3RT6 7-K6 3 0 V, 60 Hz 3RT6 7-P6 3 Weight approx. Size S0 Ø NO V, 50/60 Hz 3RT6 7-C Ø V, 60 Hz 3RT6 7-K6 0 V, 60 Hz 3RT6 7-P6 3RT Size S3 Ø NO V, 50/60 Hz 3RT6 7-C.93 3Ø V, 60 Hz 3RT6 7-K6 0 V, 60 Hz 3RT6 7-P6 For further voltages, see page /9. For auxiliaries and accessories, see page /65-/80. For technical data, see page /57. For wiring diagram, see page /85. For dimension drawings, see page /0. ) Coil voltage tolerance: x U s. ) For size S3: 55 C. Product Category: IEC /9

20 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT0 coupling contactors (interface) for switching motors, 3-pole C and DC operation IEC 6097, EN The 3RT0 coupling contactors for switching motors are tailored to the special requirements of working with electronic controls. The 3RT0 coupling contactors cannot be expanded with auxiliary switch blocks. Coupling contactors have a low power consumption and an extended solenoid coil operating range. Depending on the version, the solenoid coils are supplied either without overvoltage damping or with a diode, suppressor diode or varistor connected as standard. Selection and ordering data DC operation 3RT05-HB 3RT05-HB Surge suppressor Ratings Utilization category C-3 Maximum inductive current Maximum ) horsepower ratings at 60 V uxiliary contacts Ident. no. Design Screw connection Order No. Spring-type connection Order No. Weight approx. (screw/ spring) mps HP NO NC kg For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail Size S00 Terminal designations according to EN 50 0 Rated control supply voltage U s = DC V, coil voltage tolerance 0.7 to.5 U s Power consumption of the coils.8 W at V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted) Diode, varistor 7 3 0E 3RT0 5-HB 3RT0 5-HB 0.8/0.30 or RC element 0 3RT0 5-HB 3RT0 5-HB can be mounted Diode 7 3 0E 3RT0 5-J B 3RT0 5-J B 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 5-J B 3RT0 5-J B Suppressor diode 7 3 0E 3RT0 5-KB 3RT0 5-KB 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 5-KB 3RT0 5-KB Diode, varistor 9 5 0E 3RT0 6-HB 3RT0 6-HB 0.8/0.30 or RC element 0 3RT0 6-HB 3RT0 6-HB can be mounted Diode 9 5 0E 3RT0 6-J B 3RT0 6-J B 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 6-J B 3RT0 6-J B Suppressor diode 9 5 0E 3RT0 6-KB 3RT0 6-KB 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 6-KB 3RT0 6-KB Diode, varistor 7.5 0E 3RT0 7-HB 3RT0 7-HB 0.8/0.30 or RC element 0 3RT0 7-HB 3RT0 7-HB can be mounted Diode 7.5 0E 3RT0 7-J B 3RT0 7-J B 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 7-J B 3RT0 7-J B Suppressor diode 7.5 0E 3RT0 7-KB 3RT0 7-KB 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 7-KB 3RT0 7-KB For technical data, see page /58. For int. circuit diagrams, see page /77-/8. For dimension drawings, see page /96. ) Complete HP ratings on page / /89. /0

21 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT0 coupling contactors (interface) for switching motors Selection and ordering data DC operation 3RT05-VB 3RT05-VB 3RT0-KB0 Surge suppressor Ratings Utilization category C-3 Maximum inductive current Maximum horsepower ratings at 60 V uxiliary contacts Screw connection Spring-type connection Weight approx. Ident. Design Order No. Order No. (screw/ no. spring) mps HP NO NC kg For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail Size S00 Terminal designations according to EN 50 0 Rated control supply voltage U s =DC V, coil voltage tolerance 0.85 to.85 U s Power consumption of the coils.6 W at V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted) Diode, varistor 7 3 0E 3RT0 5-MB-0KT0 3RT0 5-M B-0KT0 0.8/0.30 or RC element 0 3RT0 5-MB-0KT0 3RT0 5-M B-0KT0 can be mounted Diode 7 3 0E 3RT0 5-VB 3RT0 5-VB 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 5-VB 3RT0 5-VB Suppressor diode 7 3 0E 3RT0 5-SB 3RT0 5-SB 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 5-SB 3RT0 5-SB Diode, varistor 9 5 0E 3RT0 6-MB-0KT0 3RT0 6-M B-0KT0 0.8/0.30 or RC element 0 3RT0 6-MB-0KT0 3RT0 6-M B-0KT0 can be mounted Diode 9 5 0E 3RT0 6-VB 3RT0 6-VB 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 6-VB 3RT0 6-VB Suppressor diode 9 5 0E 3RT0 6-SB 3RT0 6-SB 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 6-SB 3RT0 6-SB Diode, varistor 7.5 0E 3RT0 7-MB-0KT0 3RT0 7-M B-0KT0 0.8/0.30 or RC element 0 3RT0 7-MB-0KT0 3RT0 7-M B-0KT0 can be mounted Diode 7.5 0E 3RT0 7-VB 3RT0 7-VB 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 7-VB 3RT0 7-VB Suppressor diode 7.5 0E 3RT0 7-SB 3RT0 7-SB 0.8/0.30 integrated 0 3RT0 7-SB 3RT0 7-SB Size S0 Rated control supply voltage U s = DC V, coil voltage tolerance 0.7 to.5 U s Power consumption of the coils.5 W at V no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted. Varistor integrated 7.5 E 3RT0 -KB0 3RT0 -KB0 0.58/ E 3RT0 5-KB0 3RT0 5-KB0 0.58/ E 3RT0 6-KB0 3RT0 6-KB0 0.58/ E 3RT0 7-KB0 3RT0 7-KB0 0.58/0.60 For technical data, see page /58. For int. circuit diagrams, see page /77-/8. For dimension drawings, see page /96. /

22 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors & Relays for Safety pplications 3RT, 3TF safety contactors and 3RH, 3TH safety control relays pplications "Safety" Contactors Safety rated contactors are required to have positively driven (mirror) contact construction according to IEC nnex F. mirror contact is a Normally Closed (NC) auxiliary contact which can not be closed simultaneously with a Normally Open (NO) main contact. In some industries, such as automotive, requirements have been established that a safety rated contactor must also have permanently mounted auxiliary contact blocks. See page /8 for Contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary contacts. Siemens Contactors for Safety applications: ll Siemens standard 3RT, 3TF6, 0HN & 0PH Contactors are provided with positively driven (mirror) contacts which meet or exceed the criteria for "Safety Contactors according to IEC nnex F which describes the requirements for mirror contact performance. When applying Safety Contactors in safety circuits, the NC auxiliary contacts must be wired in series or parallel and must be used as monitoring contacts with feedback to the safety evaluation device (i.e. safety relay or failsafe logic controller). Safety Control Relays Safety rated control relays are required to have positively driven contact elements according to IEC nnex L. Positively driven contact elements are a combination of NO auxiliary contacts and NC auxiliary contacts whose construction prevents them from being closed simultaneously. In some industries, such as automotive, requirements have been established that a safety rated control relays must also have permanently mounted auxiliary contact blocks. See page /8 for Control Relays with permanently mounted auxiliary contacts. Siemens Control Relays for Safety applications: ll 3RH control relays (with at least NC contact) meet or exceed the criteria for "Safety Control Relays according to IEC nnex L. This is true for the basic 3RH relay with or without an additional auxiliary contact block. 3RT RT RH9. -F 3RH9. -D 3RH 3RH 3RH9-H.. Frame size Contactors uxiliary contact block 3RT0 S00 3RT3 3RH9 3RT5 3RT6 3RH9 3RT0 S0 3RT3 3RH9 3RT5 3RT6 3RH9 3RT03 S 3RT33 3RT53 3RH9 3RT0 S3 3RT3 3RT 3RT6 3RH9 S6 3RT05 3RT5 3RH9 3RT06 S0 3RT6 3RT6 3RH9 3RT07 S 3RT7 3RT7 3TF6 3RH9 3TY756-U00 Frame size Contactors uxiliary contact block 3RH S00 3RH 3RH9 3TH0 3TX For contactors, see pages /8-/9. For auxiliaries contact blocks, see pages /65-/67. For control relays, see pages /50-/5. For auxiliaries contact blocks, see page /65-/67.. / Product Category: IEC

23 Revised 09/30/ Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors & Relays for Safety pplications 3RT safety contactors, 3RH safety control relays with permanently mounted auxiliary contact blocks pplication Safety Contactors Safety rated contactors are required to have mirrored contact construction according to IEC nnex F. mirror contact is a Normally Closed (NC) auxiliary contact which can not be closed simultaneously with a Normally Open (NO) main contact. In some industries, such as utomotive, the auxiliary contact blocks are required to be permanently attached to meet the requirements of unitentional misuse as specified in IEC 609, paragraph 3.. Tested by SUV. pplication IEC for contactors 3RT0* -K6-3M0 "Safety" Control Relays Safety rated control relays are required to have positively driven contact elements according to IEC nnex L. Positively driven contact elements are a combination of NO auxiliary contacts and NC auxiliary contacts whose construction prevents them from being closed simultaneously. In some industries, such as automotive, the auxiliary contact blocks are required to be permanently attached to meet the requirements of "unitentional misuse" as specified in IEC 609, paragraph 3.. Tested by SUV. IEC for control relays 3RH**-BB0 Frame Max. current Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings uxiliary contacts Screw Spring-Type Size C3 C 5V 30V 00V 30V 60V 575V Terminals Terminals ) HP HP HP HP HP HP Ident. No. NO NC Order No. Order No. Contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary contact blocks S ¼ ¾ ½ 3 5 E 3RT05- -3M0 3RT05- -3M ½ E 3RT06- -3M0 3RT06- -3M0 ½ ½ 0 E 3RT07- -3M0 3RT07- -3M E 3RT08- -3M0 3RT08- -3M0 S ½ E 3RT03- -3M0 3RT03- -3M ½ 0 E 3RT0- -3M0 3RT0- -3M E 3RT05- -3M0 3RT05- -3M ½ 7 ½ 5 0 E 3RT06- -3M0 3RT06- -3M E 3RT07- -3M0 3RT07- -3M E 3RT08- -3M0 3RT08- -3M0 S E 3RT03- -3M0 3RT M ½ E 3RT M0 3RT M E 3RT M0 3RT M0 S E 3RT0- -3M0 3RT0-3 -3M ½ E 3RT05- -3M0 3RT M E 3RT06- -3M0 3RT M0 S E 3RT P E 3RT P0 S E 3RT P E 3RT P E 3RT P0 Frame Size Control circuit coil options: Replace with the desired code Frame Size S00 - S0 Frame Size S - S3 Frame Size S6 - S0 0 V C K6 0 V C K6 3 6 V UC*, conventional coil B3 0 V C, with varistor mounted CK6 V DC BB 0 7 V UC*, conventional coil F3 30 V C P0 V DC, with zener diode QB V DC BB V DC, with integrated diode/ diode assembly FB *UC coil: accepts DC voltage or C voltage, 0 to 60 Hz. Max. current at 0 V ) Rated control supply voltage U s Screw uxiliary contacts Terminals 3) Spring Terminals 3) Indent. No. NO NC Order No. Order No. Control relays with permanently mounted auxiliary contact blocks S00-S V C, 50 Hz / 0 V C, 60 Hz V DC 0 V C, 50 Hz / 0 V C, 60 Hz V DC E E 6E 6E For other voltages see page /9. For int. circuit diagrams, see page /77-/83. For accessories, see pages /7-/75. For dimension drawings, see pages /96-/0. For spare parts, see pages /8-/8. For technical data, see pages /08-/9. For description, see pages /9-/ RH-K60 3RH-BB0 3RH6-K60 3RH6-BB0 3RH-K60 3RH-BB0 3RH6-K60 3RH6-BB0 ) ll terminals are spring loaded on frame size S00 and S0. Only the coil and auxiliary contact terminals are spring loaded on frame sizes S, S3 & S6. ) For C-5/C-, max current for front mounted auxiliary contacts = 6. 3) The 3RH control relays are also available with ring lug terminals. Replace the 8th digit of the order number with a, e. g. 3RH-K60 Product Category: IEC /3

24 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors Introduction Overview The function modules for mounting onto contactors enable the assembly of starters and contactor assemblies for direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starting without any additional, complicated wiring of the individual components. They include the key control functions required for the particular starter, e. g. timing and interlocking, and can be connected to the control system by either parallel wiring or through IO-Link or S-Interface. Version For direct-on-line starting function modules for parallel wiring Timing relays: ON or OFF-delay with semiconductor output With screw or spring-type terminals function modules for IO-Link ) With screw or spring-type terminals function modules for S-Interface ) With screw or spring-type terminals For reversing starting Wiring modules for sizes S00 and S0 With screw or spring-type terminals (with screw terminals for main and control circuit) function module for size S00 and S0, screw and spring-type connection, plus the respective wiring modules ) function module for size S00 and S0, screw and spring-type connection, plus the respective wiring modules ) For wye-delta starting function module for size S00 and S0, screw and spring-type connection of the contactors, plus the respective wiring modules ) For wye-delta starting: function module for size S00 and S0, plus screw and spring-type connection, plus the respective wiring modules ) For wye-delta starting: function module for size S00 and S0, plus screw and spring-type connection, plus the respective wiring modules ) ccessories Sealable covers Operator panel for autonomous controlling of up to starters Module connector for the grouping of starters Connection cable between the operator panel and the starter group Sealable covers S-Interface addressing units Sealable covers ) Use of the communication-capable function modules for IO-Link or S-Interface requires contactors with communication interface (see pages /6). ) The modules for the control current wiring, which are included in the wiring kit, are not required. Note: When the function modules are used, no other auxiliary switches are allowed to be mounted on the basic units. /

25 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules Overview Simply by being plugged in place, the function modules enable different functionalities required for the assembly of starters to be realized in the starter. The function modules and wiring kits help to reduce the wiring work within the starter practically to zero. function modules for direct-on-line starting ll solid-state timing relays which can be mounted onto the contactor are designed for applications in the range from to 0 V C/DC (wide voltage range). Both the electrical and mechanical connection are made by simple snapping on and locking. protection circuit (varistor) is integrated in each module. The solid-state timing relay with semiconductor output uses two contact limbs to actuate the contactor underneath by means of a semiconductor after the set time t has elapsed. The switching state feedback is performed by a mechanical switching state indicator (plunger). In addition, the auxiliary switches in the contactors are freely accessible and can be used for feedbacks to the control system or for signal lamps. sealable cover is available to protect against careless adjustment of the set times. function modules for reversing starting The wiring kits for reversing starters enable the cost-effective assembly of contactor assemblies. They can be used for all applications with reversing duty up to 5 HP. For a detailed description see page /37. function modules for wye-delta starting Both interlocking and timing functions are required for the assembly of wye-delta starters. With the function modules for wye-delta starting and the matching link modules for the main circuit, these starters can be assembled easily and with absolutely no errors. The entire sequence in the control circuit is integrated in the snap-on modules. This covers: n adjustable wye time t from 0.5 to 60 s non-adjustable dead interval of 50 ms Electrical contacting to the contactors by means of coil pick-off (contact legs) Feedback of the switching state at the contactor using a mechanical switch position indicator (plunger) Electrical interlocking between the contactors These modules do not require their own terminals and can therefore be used for contactors with both screw and spring-type terminals in the two sizes S00 and S0. To start the wye-delta starter, only the first of the three contactors (line contactor) is actuated. ll other functions then take place inside the individual modules. This also offers advantages if the timing function was previously implemented in a controller, as it again results in a significant reduction in the number of PLC outputs, the programming work and the wiring outlay. The kits for the main circuit include the mechanical interlock, the star jumper, the wiring modules at the top and at the bottom, and the required connecting clips. protection circuit (varistor) is integrated in the basic module. pplication The snap-on function modules for direct-on-line starting are used above all for realizing timing functions independently of the control system. With the OFF-delay variant of the timing relay it is possible for example for the fan motor for cooling a main drive to be switched off with a delay so that sufficient cooling after operation is guaranteed even if the plant and its control system have already been switched off. The ON-delay timing relays enable for example the time-delayed starting of several drives so that the summation starting current does not rise too high, which could result in voltage failure. The function modules for wye-delta starting are mostly used where current-limiting measures for starting a drive are required, e.g. for large fans and ventilators, and a high level of availability is essential at the same time. This technology has been used with success for several decades and has the additional advantage of requiring relatively little know-how. Through the use of function modules, the assembly work with simple standard components is even easier and error-free. Benefits The use of snap-on function modules for direct-on-line starting (timing relays) results in the following advantages: Reduction of control current wiring Prevention of wiring errors Reduction of testing costs Implementation of timing functions independently of the control system Less space required in the control cabinet compared to a separate timing relay No additive protection circuit required (varistor integrated) The use of function modules for wye-delta starting results in the following advantages: Operation solely through the line contactor / no further wiring needed Reduction of the control current wiring inside the contactor assembly and to the higher-level control system where applicable Prevention of wiring errors Reduction of testing costs Integrated electrical interlocking saves costs and prevents errors Less space needed in the control cabinet compared to using a separate timing relay djustable starting in star mode from 0.5 to 60 s Independent of the contactor's control supply voltage ( to 0 V C/DC) Varistor integrated no additive protection circuit required No control current wiring thanks to plug-in technology and connecting cables Mechanically coded assembly enables easy configuration and reliable wiring Fewer versions one module kit for screw and spring-type connection and for the two sizes S00 and S0 Mechanical interlocking (with wiring kit for the main circuit) /5

26 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors, 3-pole Communication Contactors Selection and ordering data Ideal for diagnostics to the automation controller Quickly locate and rectify faults Configuration available in Step 7 and TI Portal Easy engineering of parameters For DOL, reversing and wye delta starters up to 5HP Manual starter operation with optional operation panel Reduces control wiring in the panel vailable for VDC control systems Easily snap on IO-Link or S-Interface modules onto contactors Frame Size 3RT 3-pole Contactors mp Ratings Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings uxiliary contacts Screw Terminals V DC coil Spring-type terminals V DC coil C3 C 5V 30V 08V 30V 60V 575V NO NC Order No. Order No. kg RT05-BB-0CC0 3RT05-BB-0CC0 0 3RT05-BB-0CC0 3RT05-BB-0CC0 S RT06-BB-0CC0 3RT06-BB-0CC0 0 3RT06-BB-0CC0 3RT06-BB-0CC RT07-BB-0CC0 3RT07-BB-0CC0 0 3RT07-BB-0CC0 3RT07-BB-0CC0 3RT08-BB-0CC0 0 3RT08-BB-0CC0 3RT08-BB-0CC RT08-BB-0CC0 3RT08-BB-0CC RT03-BB0-0CC0 3RT0-BB0-0CC RT0-BB0-0CC0 3RT0-BB0-0CC0 S RT05-BB0-0CC0 3RT05-BB0-0CC RT06-BB0-0CC0 3RT06-BB0-0CC RT07-BB0-0CC0 3RT07-BB0-0CC0 3RT08-BB0-0CC RT08-BB0-0CC0 3RT08-BB0-0CC0 ) ll terminals are spring loaded IO-Link is ideal for communicating sensors and actuators in and around the control cabinet. S-Interface is best suited for distributed systems. For reversing contactors with communication capability, see pages /39-/3 For accessories, see page /7, /30, /3. For technical data, see page /3, /35, /36 For description, see page /. For further information on IO-Link and S-Interface, see page /8-/9 and /3-/33. Weight approx /6

27 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules for reversing starting / wye-delta starting Selection and ordering data 3R8 6-0EW0 For contactors Rated control supply voltage U s ) 3R9 3- Time setting range t Screw terminals Weight approx. 3R9 3-BB Spring-type terminals Weight approx. Order No. Order No. Type V s kg kg ssembly kits for reversing starting ssembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies The assembly kit contains: Mechanical interlock; connecting clips for contactors, wiring modules on the top and bottom 3RT0. For size S00 3R R RT0. For size S0 3R R ssembly kits for wye-delta starting ssembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies The assembly kit contains: Mechanical interlock, connecting clips for 3 contactors; star jumper, wiring modules on the top and bottom 3RT0. For size S00 3R9 3-BB R9 3-BB RT0. For size S0 (only main current for version with 3R9 3-BB R9 3-BB 0.00 spring-type terminals) Function modules for wye-delta starting The electrical connection between the function module and the contactor assembly is established automatically by snapping on and plugging in the connecting cables. Wye-delta function (varistor integrated) 3RT0.,... 0 C/DC R8 6-0EW R8 6-0EW RT0. ) (0, 30, 60 selectable) Individual modules... 0 C/DC Basic modules 3R R for wye-delta starting Coupling modules 3R R for wye-delta starting ccessories Sealable covers 3R R for 3R7, 3R8, 3R9 ) C voltage values apply for 50 Hz and 60 Hz. Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays. Note: When the function modules are used, no other auxiliary switches are allowed to be mounted on the basic units. Function Function charts Timing relay energized Contact closed Contact open NO contacts (internally connected) Wye-delta function 3R8 6-0EW0 (varistor integrated) / NO contact, delayed Y NO contact, instantaneous t 50 ms NSB0_007 /7

28 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules for IO-Link Overview The function modules for IO-Link enable the assembly of starters and contactor assemblies for direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starting without any additional, complicated wiring of the individual components. They include the key control functions required for the particular starter, e. g. timing and interlocking. The electrical and mechanical connection to the contactor is established by snapping on and locking. n additive protection circuit for the individual contactors can be dispensed with completely, and feedback from the contactor contacts is performed with Hall sensors which provide reliable feedback concerning the switching state even under extremely dusty conditions. The starters are connected to the higher-level control system through IO-Link, with the possibility of connecting up to four starters as a group to one port of the IO-Link master. Through this type of connection to the control system, a maximum of wiring is saved. The following essential signals are transmitted: vailability of the starter in response to an indirect inquiry from the motor starter protector Starter operation Feedback concerning the switching state of the starter vailability Control PLC Feedback through switching state PLC IO-Link NSB0_008a Signal transmission through IO-Link The inquiry from the motor starter protector does not take place through additional wiring between the auxiliary switch and the module but by means of a voltage inquiry at the contactor input. This requires the use of communication versions of the contactors with communication interface (see page /6). Motor starter protector Contactor NSB0_0086 vailability signal through voltage pick-off /8

29 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules for IO-Link By grouping up to four starters it is possible to connect up to 6 starters to one master of the ET00S. ll the signals of the individual controls are made available through only 3 individual wires per starter group directly in the process image. If the potential at the master of the ET00S is the same as that of the controls, a further reduction in wiring is possible by providing the control supply voltage to the contactors by jumpering the corresponding communication wires. Direct-online starter Group formation for starters max. per IO-Link port Direct-online starter 3 Reversing starter Reversing starter Port Port... NSB0_0087b Group formation with IO-Link In case of a malfunction, the corresponding error signals are also sent directly to the PLC in acyclic mode. This is in addition to transmission of the switching signals and status signals. Possible error signals: Device defect No main voltage (motor starter protector tripped) No control supply voltage Limit position on the right / on the left Manual mode Process image fault pplication The use of function modules with IO-Link is recommended above all in machines and plants in which there are several motor starters in one control cabinet. Using IO-Link, the connection of these starters to the automation level is easy, quick and error-free. nd with IO modules no longer needed, the width of the ET00S becomes far smaller. This easy integration of the starters in the TI world does not limit the flexibility in the field in the least. For example, all function modules have special terminals in order to enable direct local disconnection. These terminals can be connected for example to a position switch. The input interrupts the voltage supply to the contactor coil directly, i. e. without going through the PLC. These terminals are jumpered in the as-delivered state. Local manual operation of the complete starter group is also straight-forward using a operator panel. The latter is easily connected to the last starter and can be built into the front panel of the control cabinet if required. This offers significant advantages particularly for commissioning. Benefits Reduction of the control current wiring to no more than one cable having three conductors for four starters Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors Reduction of configuration work Integration in TI for clear diagnostics if a fault occurs Fewer IO modules saves space in the control cabinet ll essential timing and interlocking functions for reversing duty and wye-delta starting are integrated No additional control circuit required Further information on the application and benefits of the function modules for connection to the control system through IOLink can be found in Chapter Industrial Communication. /9

30 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules for IO-Link Selection and ordering data Version Screw terminals Weight approx. Order No. kg Function modules for direct-on-line starting IO-Link connection Includes one module connector for assembling an IO-Link group Spring-type terminals Order No. Weight approx. 3R R kg 3R7-00 3R7-00 Function modules for reversing starting ) IO-Link connection, comprising one basic and one coupling module and an additional module connector for assembling an IO-Link group 3R7 -B R7 -B R7 -B00 ssembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies 3) The assembly kit contains: mechanical interlock; connecting clips for contactors, wiring modules on the top and bottom For size S00 3R R R9 3- For size S0 - For main, auxiliary and control 3R circuit - Only for main current ) 3R Function modules for wye-delta starting ) IO-Link connection, 3R7 -C R7 -C comprising one basic module and two coupling modules, plus an additional module connector for assembling an IO-Link group 3R7 -C00 ssembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies 3) The assembly kit contains: Mechanical interlock, connecting clips for 3 contactors; star jumper, wiring modules on the top and bottom For size S00 3R9 3-BB R9 3-BB R9 3-BB For size S0 - For main, auxiliary and control 3R9 3-BB 0.00 circuit - Only for main current ) 3R9 3-BB 0.00 Matching contactors with with communication interface interface required required ) For prewired ) For prewired contactor contactor assemblies for for reversing starting with communication interface see pages /0 and /. When these contactor assemblies (see page /6. are used, the assembly kit for the wiring is already integrated. For matching IO-Link masters, routers and power supply units see Chapter Industrial Communication. ) For complete contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting including function modules see pages /7 and /8. Note: When the function modules are used, no other auxiliary switches 3) When using the function modules for wye-delta starting, the wiring are allowed to be mounted on the basic units. modules for the auxiliary current are not required. ) Version in size S0 with spring-type terminals: Only the wiring modules for the main circuit are included. No connectors are included for the auxiliary and control circuit. /30

31 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules for IO-Link ccessories 3R7-0EE0. Version Order No. Std. Pack Qty. Module connector sets, comprising: module connectors, -pole, short + interface covers Module connectors, -pole, 8 cm For size jump S00-S0 + space Module connectors, -pole, cm For diverse space combinations Module connectors, 0-pole, 8 cm For separate auxiliary voltage supply within an IO-Link group Sealable covers for 3R7, 3R8, 3R9 Weight approx. 3R7-0EE0 unit R7-0EE0 unit R7-0EE03 unit R7-0EE0 unit R units R9 0-0 Operator panels ) Operator panels (set) 3R unit 0.05 x operator panel x enabling module x interface cover x fixing terminal 3R Connection cables, 3R7-0EE unit 0.00 length m, 0- to -pole For connecting the operator panel to the communication module Enabling modules (replacement) 3R unit 0.00 Interface covers (replacement) 3R B 5 units 0.00 ) Suitable only for communication through IO-Link. kg More information Type 3R7 General data Suitable for IO-Link masters acc. to Specification.0 Permissible ambient temperature During operation cc. to EN C During storage cc. to EN C During transport cc. to EN C Degree of protection IP0 Operational voltage U Hi V DC ± 0 % Power consumption, max. at U Hi Max. length of the cables cc. to EN 5095 m 30 for the input Y Y EMC interference immunity Electrostatic discharge cc. to EN kv 6/8 Field-related interference cc. to EN V/m 0 (80 MHz... 3 GHz) Burst cc. to EN kv / Conductor-related interference cc. to EN kv 0.5/ High-frequency, asymmetric cc. to EN V rms 0 (50 khz MHz) Conductor cross-sections Connection type Screw terminals Solid mm x ( ), x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ), x ( ) WG cables WG x (0... ) Terminal screws M3 (for standard screwdriver Ø 6 mm or Pozidriv ) Tightening torque of the terminal screws Nm Connection type Spring-type terminals Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5 Solid mm x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) Finely stranded mm x ( ) WG cables WG x (... 6) /3

32 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules for S-Interface Overview The function modules for S-Interface enable the assembly of starters and contactor assemblies for direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starting without any additional, complicated wiring of the individual components. They include the key control functions required for the particular starter, e. g. timing and interlocking. The electrical and mechanical connection to the contactor is established by snapping on and locking. n additional control circuit for the individual contactors can be eliminated with completely because a varistor is integrated in the modules. Feedback from the contactor contacts is performed with Hall sensors which provide reliable feedback concerning the switching state even under extremely dusty conditions. Connection of the starters to the higher-level control system takes place through S-Interface with the Specification V. in /B technology. s the result, up to 6 starters can be connected to one master and the address is entered in normal manner with an addressing unit. Through the S-Interface connection to the control system, a maximum of wiring is saved. The wiring outlay is reduced to the control supply voltage and the two individual wires for S-Interface. The following essential signals are transmitted: vailability of the starter in response to an indirect inquiry from the motor starter protector Starter operation Feedback concerning the switching state of the starter vailability Control PLC Feedback through switching state PLC S-Interface NSB0_0085a Signal transmission through S-Interface The inquiry from the motor starter protector does not take place through additional wiring between the auxiliary switch and the module but by means of a voltage inquiry at the contactor input. This requires use of communication versions of the contactors with communication interface (see page /6). Motor starter protector Contactor NSB0_0086 vailability signal through voltage pick-off /3

33 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules for S-Interface Direct-on-line starter Reversing starter star-delta starter ddr. a ddr. b ddr. a NSB0_0088a S-Interface Topology with S-Interface This easy integration of the starters in the TI world does not limit the flexibility in the field in the least. For example, all function modules have special terminals in order to enable direct local disconnection. These terminals can be connected for example, to a position switch. The input interrupts the voltage supply to the contactor coil directly, i. e. without going through the PLC. These terminals are jumpered in the as-delivered state. pplication The use of function modules with S-Interface is recommended above all in machines and plants requiring easy connection of several different sensors and actuators both inside and outside the control cabinet to the higher-level control system. nd with IO modules no longer needed, the width of the ET00S is far smaller. Benefits Reduction of control current wiring Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors Reduction of configuration work Elimination of IO modules saves space in the control cabinet ll essential timing and interlocking functions for reversing duty and wye-delta starting are integrated No additional control circuit required /33

34 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules for S-Interface Selection and ordering data Version Screw terminals Weight approx. Order No. kg Function modules for direct-on-line starting Spring-type terminals Order No. Weight approx. S-Interface connection 3R R kg 3R7-00 3R7-00 Function modules for reversing starting ) S-Interface connection, comprising one basic and one coupling module 3R7 -B R7 -B R7 -B00 ssembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies The assembly kit contains: mechanical interlock; connecting clips for contactors, wiring modules on the top and bottom For size S00 3R R R9 3- For size S0 - For main, auxiliary and control 3R circuit - Only for main current 3R Function modules for wye-delta starting ) S-Interface connection, 3R7 -C R7 -C comprising one basic module and two coupling modules 3R7 -C00 ssembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies The assembly kit contains: Mechanical interlock, connecting clips for 3 contactors; star jumper, wiring modules on the top and bottom For size S00 3R9 3-BB R9 3-BB R9 3-BB For size S0 - For main, auxiliary and control 3R9 3-BB 0.00 circuit - Only for main current 3R9 3-BB 0.00 contactors with communication interface required For prewired contactor assemblies for reversing Matching contactors with communication interface required ) For prewired contactor assemblies for reversing starting with communication (see page /6. interface see pages /0 and /. When these contactor assemblies For matching S-Interface masters, routers and power supply are used, the assembly kit for the wiring is already integrated. units see Chapter Industrial Communication. ) For complete contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting including Note: function modules see pages /7 and /8. When the function modules are used, no other auxiliary switches are allowed to be mounted on the basic units. /3

35 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules for S-Interface ccessories Version Order No. Std. Pack Qty. Sealable covers for 3R7, 3R8, 3R9 Weight approx. 3R units 0.00 kg 3R9 0-0 More information Type 3R7 General data Slave type /B slave Suitable for S-i masters acc. to Spec.. or higher S-i Slave Profile IO.ID.ID 7..E ID Code (factory setting) 7 Permissible ambient temperature During operation cc. to EN C During storage cc. to EN C During transport cc. to EN C Degree of protection IP0 Operational voltage S-Interface V UX PWR V DC V ± 0 % Power consumption, max. S-Interface m 30 UX PWR - Maximum pick-up/hold current Size S00 m 00 Size S0 m 300 Max. length of the cables cc. to EN 5095 m 30 for the input Y Y EMC interference immunity Electrostatic discharge cc. to EN kv 6/8 Field-related interference cc. to EN V/m 0 (80 MHz... 3 GHz) Burst cc. to EN kv / Conductor-related interference cc. to EN kv 0.5/ High-frequency, asymmetric cc. to EN V rms 0 (50 khz MHz) Conductor cross-sections Connection type Screw terminals Solid mm x ( ), x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ), x ( ) WG cables WG x (0... ) Terminal screws M3 (for standard screwdriver Ø 6 mm or Pozidriv ) Tightening torque of the terminal screws Nm Connection type Spring-type terminals Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5 Solid mm x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) Finely stranded mm x ( ) WG cables WG x (... 6) /35

36 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Function Modules for Mounting onto 3RT Contactors function modules More information General data Rated insulation voltage U i Pollution degree 3 Overvoltage category III Type 3R8 3R8 3R8 6 V C 300 With ON-delay Operating range of excitation x U s, times the rated frequency Overvoltage protection Varistor integrated OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage Rated power W Power consumption at 30 V C, 50 Hz V Rated operational currents e C-0 t... 0 V, 50 Hz 0. DC-3 t... 0 V 0. C-5 t... 0 V, 50 Hz 3 DC-3 - t V - t 5 V 0. - t 50 V 0. DIZED fuse Operational class gg Switching frequency for load With e at 30 V C h- 500 With 3RT contactor at 30 V C h- 500 Recovery time ms Minimum ON period ms 35 Residual current Max. m 5 Voltage drop With conducting output Max. V 3.5 Short-time loading capacity Up to 0 ms 0 Setting accuracy With reference to upper limit of scale Typ. ±5 % Wye-delta function Repeat accuracy Max. ± % Mechanical endurance Operating 00 x x 0 6 cy- cles Permissible ambient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection acc. to EN 6097-, ppendix C IP0 Shock resistance g/ms 5/ Half-sine acc. to IEC Vibration resistance cc. to IEC Hz/mm /0.35 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) IEC , IEC , IEC 68- IEC Permissible mounting position ny Conductor cross-sections Connection type Screw terminals Solid mm x ( ), x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ), x ( ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (0... ) Terminal screws M3 (for standard screw driver size or Pozidriv ) Tightening torque Nm Connection type Spring-type terminals Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5 Solid mm x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) Finely stranded mm x ( ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (... 6) /36

37 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R reversing contactor assemblies Design Complete equipment assemblies The fully wired reversing contactor assemblies are suitable for use in any climate. They are safe from touch to DIN VDE 06 Part 00. The contactor assemblies each consist of two contactors with identical ratings and one NC contact in the basic unit. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (NC contact interlock). The main and control circuits are wired according to the circuit diagrams on page /6. For motor protection, either 3RU overload relays for direct mounting or individual mounting or thermistor motor protection tripping units must be ordered separately. Components for customer assembly Installation kits for all sizes are available for customer assembly of reversing contactor assemblies. Contactors, overload relays, the mechanical interlock and for momentary-contact operation auxiliary switch blocks for latching must be ordered separately. The following points should be noted: Size S00 For maintained-contact operation: use contactors with an NC contact in the basic unit for the electrical interlock. For momentary-contact operation: use contactors with an NC contact in the basic unit for the electrical interlock; in addition, an auxiliary switch block with at least one NO contact for latching is required per contactor. Size S0 Contactors come equipped with integrated NO and NC aux contacts in each contactor. Both electrical interlocking and latching are satisfied with the integrated auxiliaries. Sizes S to S3 For maintained-contact operation: the contactors have no auxiliary contact in the basic unit; NC contacts for the electrical interlock are therefore integrated in the mechanical interlock that can be mounted on the side of each contactor (one contact each for the left and right-hand contactors). For momentary-contact operation: the electrical interlock is the same as for maintained-contact operation; in addition, an auxiliary switch with one NO contact for latching is required per contactor. This contact can be snapped onto the top of the contactors. lternatively, auxiliary switch blocks mounted on the side can be used; they must be fitted onto the outside of each contactor. If the front-mounted mechanical interlock is used for size S to S3 contactors, two location holes for single-pole auxiliary switch blocks are provided on the front of each S contactor while three additional, singlepole auxiliary switch blocks can be snapped onto S3 contactors. The maximum auxiliary switch complements per contactor stated on page / must not be exceeded. When size S and S3 contactors are combined with a frontmounted mechanical interlock, the 3R9 33-B and 3R9 3-B installation kits cannot be used. Sizes S6 to S To insert the mechanical interlock, the prestamped location holes positioned opposite on the contactor must be knocked out. The internal auxiliary contacts (up to NO + NC per contactor) can be used for the electrical interlock and latching. The mechanical interlock itself does not contain any auxiliary contacts. dditional auxiliary contacts can be used on the outside and front (on the front in the case of 3RT0) of the reversing contactor assembly. Principle of operation The operating times of the individual 3RT0 contactors are rated in such a way that no overlapping of the contact making and the arcing time between two contactors can occur on reversing, providing they are interlocked via their auxiliary switches (NC contact interlock) and the operating mechanisms. n additional dead interval of 50 ms is necessary on reversing if the individual contactors are used at voltages > 500 V. The operating times of the individual contactors are not affected by the mechanical interlock. Surge suppression Sizes S00 to S3 ll contactor assemblies can be fitted with RC elements or varistors for damping opening surges in the coil. s with the individual contactors, the surge suppressors can either be plugged onto the top of the contactors (S00) or fitted onto the coil terminals on the top or bottom (S0 to S3). Sizes S6 to S The contactors are fitted with varistors as standard. /37

38 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3 and 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies Overview The 3R3 and 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies can be ordered as follows: Sizes S00 to S3 Fully wired and tested, open type, with mechanical and electrical interlock. ) Sizes S00 to S s components for customer assembly. There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks, surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately. For overload relays for motor protection, see section 3. The 3R3 and 3R3 contactor assemblies have screw connections and are available for screwing or snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rails. The 3R3 contactor assemblies are also available with spring-type terminals. The and approvals only apply to the complete contactor assemblies and not to the components for customer assembly. C and DC operation IEC 60 97, EN (VDE 0660) Maximum horsepower rating at 60 V C C-3 maximum inductive current Size Order No. Contactor Mechanical interlock ) Mechanical interlock 3 ) Mechanical interlock ) Installation kit Fully wired and tested contactor assembly HP 3 7 S00 3RT0 5 3R9 3-6) 3R9 3-6) 3R3 5-8XB RT0 6 3R3 6-8XB RT0 7 3R3 7-8XB RT0 8 3R3 8-8XB S0 3RT0 6 3R9 3- ) 3R9 3-6) 3R3-8XB RT0 5 3R3 5-8XB RT0 6 3R3 6-8XB RT0 7 3R3 7-8XB RT0 8 3R3 8-8XB S 3RT0 33 3R9 -B 3R9-3R ) 3R3 33-8XB RT0 3 3R3 3-8XB RT0 35 3R3 35-8XB RT0 36 3R3 36-8XB S3 3RT0 3R9 -B 3R9-3R9 3-8 ) 3R3-8XB RT0 5 3R3 5-8XB RT0 6 3R3 6-8XB S6 3RT0 5 3R9 5-3R ) RT RT S0 3RT0 6 3R9 5-3R ) RT RT S 3RT0 75 3R9 5-3R ) RT0 76 For accessories, see page /77-/80. For circuit diagrams, see page /86. For dimension drawings, see page /05-/07. ) n additional dead interval of 50 ms is necessary on reversing at voltages > 500 V. ) Laterally mountable with one auxiliary contact. 3) For front mounting with one auxiliary contact. ) Laterally mountable without auxiliary contact. 5) Interlock must be ordered with installation kit. 6) Installation kit contains: mechanical interlock; connecting clips for contactors; wiring connectors on the top and bottom. 7) Installation kit contains: connecting clips for contactors; wiring connectors on the top and bottom. 8) Installation kit contains: connecting clips for contactors; wiring connectors on the top and bottom. 9) Installation kit contains: wiring connector on the top and bottom. /38

39 3R3, 3R ContactorContactors ssembliesand Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3 Reversing Contactor ssemblies 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies 3R3 complete units, HP Selection and ordering data Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S00 Up to 0 HP The figure shows the version with screw terminals Mountable accessories ccessories 3 5 uxiliary switch block, front) uxiliary switch block, lateral Surge suppressor Solder pin adapter Function module for connection to the control system Order No. Page 3RH RH9 -D.. 3RT RT9 6-K 3RT7.-B00 /65 3/93 /67 3/96 /30 3/ uxiliary switch block according to EN must be used. 3RT0. contactors with one NC contact in the basic unit are required for the electrical interlock. 3/30 Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Order No. Individual parts /7 3/00 /75 3/03 ) 6 ) Product Category: IEC Innovations Supplement 0 NSB0_006a Q 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 3R9 3- Q 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Contactor, 3 HP Contactor, 5 HP Contactor, 7.5 HP Contactor, 0 HP ssembly kit comprising: Mechanical interlocks 5 connecting clips for contactors 6 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main current paths, electrical interlock included), interruptible (NC contact interlock) Page /8 3/8 /8 3/8 /8 3/8 /8 3/8 /78 3/3 /39

40 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies ) Size S00 Up to 0 HP Revised /0/ 3R3 8-8XE30-BB 3R3.-8XB R3.-8XB30-.. C data UL data Screw terminals Weight approx. mp ratings Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings Rated control supply voltage U s uxiliary contacts Spring-type terminals C/C3 5 V 30 V 00 V 30 V 60 V 575 V at 50/60 Hz NO NC Order No. V kg C operation, 50/60 Hz Size S00 ) 7 / 3/ / 3 5 C 0 3R3 5-8XB30-@B0 0.6/ / 3/ / 3 5 0/0 C 0 3R3 5-8XB30-@K6 0.6/ / 3/ / 3 5 0/0 C 0 3R3 5-8XB30-@P6 0.6/ / / C 0 3R3 6-8XB30-@B0 0.6/ / / 0/0 C 0 3R3 6-8XB30-@K6 0.6/ / / 0/0 C 0 3R3 6-8XB30-@P6 0.6/0.50 / / 0 C 0 3R3 7-8XB30-@B0 0.6/0.50 / / 0 0/0 C 0 3R3 7-8XB30-@K6 0.6/0.50 / / 0 0/0 C 0 3R3 7-8XB30-@P6 0.6/ C 0 3R3 8-8XB30-@B0 0.6/ /0 C 0 3R3 8-8XB30-@K6 0.6/ /0 C 0 3R3 8-8XB30-@P6 0.6/0.50 DC operation 7 / 3/ / 3 5 DC 0 3R3 5-8XB30-@BB 0.58/0.6 9 / / DC 0 3R3 6-8XB30-@BB 0.58/0.6 / / 0 DC 0 3R3 7-8XB30-@BB 0.58/ DC 0 3R3 8-8XB30-@BB 0.58/0.6 With communication interface 3) 7 / 3/ / 3 5 DC 0 3R3 5-8XE30-@BB 0.58/0.6 9 / / DC 0 3R3 6-8XE30-@BB 0.58/0.6 / / 0 DC 0 3R3 7-8XE30-@BB 0.58/ DC 0 3R3 8-8XE30-@BB 0.58/0.6 For other voltages see page /9 3/7. For accessories and spare parts, see page /65-/80. Screw terminals Spring-loaded terminals ) For coil operating range, see page /9. ) The contactors integrated in the contactor assemblies have no unassigned auxiliary contacts. 3) For use with 3R7 and 3R8 communication modules. See pages / to /3. /0 Product Category: IEC

41 and Contactor ssemblies 3R3, 3R ContactorContactors ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3 Reversing Contactor ssemblies 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies 3R3 complete units, HP Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S0 Up to 5 HP The figure shows the version with screw terminals Mountable accessories Individual parts Order No. Page 3 5 3RH RH9 -D.. 3RT RT7.-B00 /65 3/93 3/96 /67 3/00 /7 /30 3/35 uxiliary switch block, front uxiliary switch block, lateral Surge suppressor Function module for connection to the control system Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Order No. Individual parts 5 6 Q 3RT0 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Contactor, 7.5 HP Contactor, 0 HP Contactor, 5 HP Contactor, 0 HP Contactor, 5 HP ssembly kit comprising: Mechanical interlocks 5 connecting clips for contactors 6 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main current paths, electrical interlock included (NC contact interlock) Page /8 3/0 3/0 /8 /8 3/0 3/0 /8 /8 3/0 3/3 /78 / 3/3 Q 3RT0 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 3R9 3- NSB0_ Innovations Supplement 0

42 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S0 up to 5 HP 3R3-8XE30- BB 3R3. -8XB R3. -8XB30-.. C data UL data Screw terminals Weight approx. mp ratings Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings Rated control supply voltage U s uxiliary contacts Spring-type terminals C/C3 5 V 30 V 00 V 30 V 60 V 575 V at 50/60 Hz NO NC Order No. V kg C operation, 50/60 Hz Size S0 ) / 0 C 3R3-8XB30-@C 0.8/ / 0 0/0 C 3R3-8XB30-@K6 0.8/ / 0 0/0 C 3R3-8XB30-@P6 0.8/ C 3R3 5-8XB30-@C 0.8/ /0 C 3R3 5-8XB30-@K6 0.8/ /0 C 3R3 5-8XB30-@P6 0.8/ / 7 / 5 0 C 3R3 6-8XB30-@C 0.8/ / 7 / 5 0 0/0 C 3R3 6-8XB30-@K6 0.8/ / 7 / 5 0 0/0 C 3R3 6-8XB30-@P6 0.8/ C 3R3 7-8XB30-@C 0.8/ /0 C 3R3 7-8XB30-@K6 0.8/ /0 C 3R3 7-8XB30-@P6 0.8/ C 3R3 8-8XB30-@C 0.8/ /0 C 3R3 8-8XB30-@K6 0.8/ /0 C 3R3 8-8XB30-@P6 0.8/0.9 DC operation / 0 DC 3R3-8XB30-@BB./ DC 3R3 5-8XB30-@BB./ / 7 / 5 0 DC 3R3 6-8XB30-@BB./ DC 3R3 7-8XB30-@BB./ DC 3R3 8-8XB30-@BB./.3 With communication interface 3) / 0 DC 3R3-8XE30-@BB./ DC 3R3 5-8XE30-@BB./ / 7 / 5 0 DC 3R3 6-8XE30-@BB./ DC 3R3 7-8XE30-@BB./ DC 3R3 8-8XE30-@BB./.3 For other voltages see page /9. For accessories and spare parts, see page /65-/80. Screw terminals Spring-loaded terminals ) For coil operating range, see page /9. ) For use with 3R7 and 3R8 communication modules. See pages / to /3. /

43 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies Selection and ordering data Size S up to 0 HP C data mp ratings C/C3 UL data Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings Rated control supply voltage ) uxiliary contacts Fully wired and tested contactor assembly 5 V 30 V 00 V 30 V 60 V 575 V HP HP HP HP HP HP NO NC Order No. kg C operation V, 50/60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz R333-8XB30-C 3R333-8XB30-K6 3R333-8XB30-P V, 50/60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz V, 50/60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz V, 50/60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz DC operation R33-8XB30-C 3R33-8XB30-K6 3R33-8XB30-P6 3R335-8XB30-C 3R335-8XB30-K6 3R335-8XB30-P6 3R336-8XB30-C 3R336-8XB30-K6 3R336-8XB30-P V DC 0 3R333-8XB30-BB V DC 0 3R33-8XB30-BB V DC 0 3R335-8XB30-BB V DC 0 3R336-8XB30-BB Weight approx Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following components: The connecting leads are not shown. ccessory Order No. Page 5 6 Mechanical interlock, mountable on the front 3R9 - uxiliary switch block, mountable on the front 3RH9 -C.. uxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 3RH9 -E.. Surge suppressor 3RT RT For further voltages, see page /9. For overview, see page /37-/38. For accessories, see page /65-/80. For circuit diagrams, see page /87. For dimension drawings, see page /05. /77 /65 /67 /7 Components Order No. Page K K Contactors, 0 HP 3RT0 33 3RT0 33 /8 Contactors, 5 HP 3RT0 3 3RT0 3 /8 Contactors, 30 HP 3RT0 35 3RT0 35 /8 Contactors, 0 HP 3RT0 36 3RT0 36 /8 5 6 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable 3R9 -B Installation kit 3R9 33- The installation kit contains: 5 6 /78 /78 connecting clips for contactors with a clearance of 0 mm Wiring connectors on the top and bottom for connecting the main conducting paths Product Category: IEC /3

44 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies Selection and ordering data Size S3 up to 75 HP C data mp ratings C/C3 UL data Single-phase HP ratings Three-phase HP ratings Rated control supply voltage ) uxiliary contacts Fully wired and tested contactor assembly 5 V 30 V 00 V 30 V 60 V 575 V HP HP HP HP HP HP NO NC Order No. kg C operation V, 50/60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz R3-8XB30-C 3R3-8XB30-K6 3R3-8XB30-P V, 50/60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz V, 50/60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz 0 V, 60 Hz DC operation R35-8XB30-C 3R35-8XB30-K6 3R35-8XB30-P6 3R36-8XB30-C 3R36-8XB30-K6 3R36-8XB30-P V DC 0 3R3-8XB30-BB V DC 0 3R35-8XB30-BB V DC 0 3R36-8XB30-BB Weight approx Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following components: The connecting leads are not shown. ccessory 5 6 Order No. Mechanical interlock, mountable on the front 3R9 - uxiliary switch block, mountable on the front 3RH9 -C.. uxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 3RH9 -E.. Surge suppressor 3RT RT For further voltages, see page /9. For overview, see page /37-/38. For accessories, see page /65-/80. For circuit diagrams, see page /87. For dimension drawings, see page /05. Page /77 /65 /67 /7 ) Coil voltage tolerance at 50 Hz: x U s at 60 Hz: x U s Components Order No. Page K K Contactors, 50 HP 3RT0 3RT0 /8 Contactors, 60 HP 3RT0 5 3RT0 5 /8 Contactors, 75 HP 3RT0 6 3RT0 6 /8 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable 3R9 -B / Installation kit 3R9 3- /78 The installation kit contains: 5 connecting clips for contactors with a clearance of 0 mm 6 Wiring connectors on the top and bottom / Product Category: IEC

45 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3R Contactor ssemblies for Wye-Delta Starting 3R complete units, Overview These 3R contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting are designed for standard applications. Note: Contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting in special applications such as very heavy starting or wye-delta starting of special motors must be customized. Help with designing such special applications is available from Technical ssistance. The 3R contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting can be ordered as follows: Sizes S00 and S0 Fully wired and tested, with electrical and mechanical interlock. s individual parts for customer assembly. dead interval of 50 ms on reversing is already integrated in the function module for wye-delta starting. There is also a range of accessories (lateral auxiliary switch blocks, etc.) that must be ordered separately. For overload relays for motor protection see Chapter 3 "Overload Relays" > "3RB3 Solid-State Overload Relays". The 3R contactor assemblies have screw or spring-type terminals and are suitable for screwing or snapping onto TH 35 standard mounting rails. With the fully wired and tested 3R contactor assemblies, the auxiliary contacts included in the basic devices are unassigned. Screw terminals Motor protection Overload relays or thermistor motor protection releases can be used for overload protection. The overload relay can be either mounted onto the line contactor or separately fitted. It must be set to 0.58 times the rated motor current. Surge suppression Sizes S00 and S0 Surge suppression (varistor) is included in the function modules for wye-delta starting. Function modules for wye-delta starting The 3R8 6-0EW0 wye-delta function module (see page /7 replaces the complete wiring in the control circuit and can be used in the voltage range from to 0 V C/DC. It is snapped onto the front of the contactor assembly size S00 or S0. One function module comprises a complete module kit: One 3R9-0 basic module with integrated control logic and time setting, nd two 3R9-0 coupling modules with related connecting cables. The scope of supply comprises a complete module kit for one contactor assembly for wye-delta starting size S00 or S0, regardless of the connection method. Rated data Size at C 50 Hz 00 V Power Operational current I e Motor current Line/delta contactor Star contactor Order No. complete S00-S00-S00 3RT0 5-3RT0 5-3R 5-8XF RT0 7-3RT0 5-3R 6-8XF RT0 8-3RT0 6-3R 7-8XF S0-S0-S0 3RT0-3RT0-3R 3-8XF RT0 6-3RT0-3R 5-8XF RT0 6-3RT0-3R 5-8XF RT0 7-3RT0 6-3R 6-8XF3-... Spring-type terminals Rated data Size at C 50 Hz 00 V Power Operational current I e Motor current Line/delta contactor Star contactor Order No. complete S00-S00-S00 3RT0 5-3RT0 5-3R 5-8XF RT0 7-3RT0 5-3R 6-8XF RT0 8-3RT0 6-3R 7-8XF S0-S0-S0 3RT0-3RT0-3R 3-8XF RT0 6-3RT0-3R 5-8XF RT0 6-3RT0-3R 5-8XF RT0 7-3RT0 6-3R 6-8XF3-... Note: The selection of contactor types refers to fused configurations. /5

46 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3R Contactor ssemblies for Wye-Delta Starting 3R complete units, Components for customer assembly ssembly kits with wiring modules and mechanical connectors are available for contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting. Contactors, overload relays, function modules for wye-delta starting or wye-delta timing relays, auxiliary switches for electrical interlock if required also feeder terminals and base plates must be ordered separately. The wiring kits for sizes S00 and S0 contain the top and bottom main conducting path connections between the line and delta Screw terminals contactors (top) and between the delta and star contactors (bottom). Control circuit Features: Time setting range 0.5 to 60 s (3 selectable settings) Wide voltage range to 0 V C/DC Dead interval of 50 ms, non-adjustable. Power 5.5 3R8 6-0EW0 3R9 3-BB ) 3RT9 6-B RU 6-HB RB30 6-TB RU 6-JB RU 6-B0 3R8 6-0EW0 3R9 3-BB ) 3RT9 6-B RU 6-B RB30 6-QB RU 6-BB RU 6-DB RU 6-DB0 Spring-type terminals Power ) The assembly kit contains: mechanical interlock, connecting clips; wiring modules on the top (connection between line and delta contactor) and on the bottom (connection between delta and star contactor); star jumper and auxiliary circuit wiring. Order No. scheme ccessories for customer assembly Function modules for wye-delta starting ccessories for customer assembly Function modules for wye-delta starting ssembly kit B, for single infeed ssembly kit B, for single infeed Overload relay, thermal (trip class CLSS 0) Overload relay, solid-state (trip class CLSS 0) Star jumper Setting range Order No. Setting range Order No. Overload relay, thermal (trip class CLSS 0) Overload relay, solid-state (trip class CLSS 0) Star jumper Setting range Order No. Setting range Order No R8 6-0EW0 3R9 3-BB ) 3RT9 6-B RU 6-HC RB30 6-TE RU 6-JC RU 6-C0 3R8 6-0EW0 3R9 3-BB ) 3RT9 6-B RU 6-C RB30 6-QE RU 6-BC RU 6-DC RU 6-DC0 ) The assembly kit contains: mechanical interlock, connecting clips; wiring modules on the top (connection between line and delta contactor) and on the bottom (connection between delta and star contactor); star jumper. Digit of the Order No contactor assemblies 3 R nd generation Device type (e. g. = contactor assembly for wye-delta starting) Contactor size ( = S00, = Power dependent on size (e. g. 5 = 5 Type of overload relay (8X (F = ready-assembled, E, H = ready-assembled with communication) Interlock (3 = mechanical and Free auxiliary (e. g. S00: = 3 NO total, S0: = 3 NO + 3 NC total) Connection type ( = screw, = Operating range / solenoid coil circuit (e. g. = C standard / Rated control supply voltage (e. g. K6 = 0/0 V, Example 3 R 5 8 X F 3 K 6 /6

47 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3R Contactor ssemblies for Wye-Delta Starting 3R complete units, Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S00-S00-S00 Up to 3R.-8XE3-BB Rated data C-3 Operational Ratings of induction motors current e at 50 Hz and up to 00 V 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V Rated control supply voltage U s ) at 50/60 Hz 3R.-8XF3-. 0 Screw terminals Order No. The wye-delta starters listed here are assembled from individual contactors which are UL Listed. The overall assembly Catalog Number is not UL Listed. For other voltages see page /9. Weight approx. 3R.-8XF3-.0 Spring-type terminals Order No. ) Coil operating range at 50 Hz: x U s ; at 60 Hz: x U s. Weight approx. V kg kg C operation, 50/60 Hz C 3R 5-8XF3-B R 5-8XF3-B /0 C 3R 5-8XF3-K R 5-8XF3-K /0 C 3R 5-8XF3-P R 5-8XF3-P C 3R 6-8XF3-B R 6-8XF3-B /0 C 3R 6-8XF3-K R 6-8XF3-K /0 C 3R 6-8XF3-P R 6-8XF3-P C 3R 7-8XF3-B R 7-8XF3-B /0 C 3R 7-8XF3-K R 7-8XF3-K /0 C 3R 7-8XF3-P R 7-8XF3-P DC operation DC 3R 5-8XF3-BB R 5-8XF3-BB DC 3R 6-8XF3-BB R 6-8XF3-BB DC 3R 7-8XF3-BB.030 3R 7-8XF3-BB.090 For IO-Link connection DC 3R 5-8XE3-BB.030 3R 5-8XE3-BB DC 3R 6-8XE3-BB.030 3R 6-8XE3-BB DC 3R 7-8XE3-BB.030 3R 7-8XE3-BB.090 For S-Interface connection DC 3R 5-8XH3-BB.050 3R 5-8XH3-BB DC 3R 6-8XH3-BB.050 3R 6-8XH3-BB DC 3R 7-8XH3-BB.050 3R 7-8XH3-BB.0 /7

48 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3R Contactor ssemblies for Wye-Delta Starting 3R complete units, Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S0-S0-S0 Up to 3R.-8XE3-BB Rated data C-3 Operational Ratings of induction motors current e at 50 Hz and up to 00 V 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V Rated control supply voltage U s ) at 50/60 Hz 3R.-8XF3-. Screw terminals Order No. The wye-delta starters listed here are assembled from individual contactors which are UL Listed. The overall assembly Catalog Number is not UL Listed. Weight approx. 3R.-8XF3-. Spring-type terminals Order No. ) Coil operating range at 50 Hz: x U s ; at 60 Hz: x U s. Weight approx. V kg kg C operation, 50/60 Hz C 3R 3-8XF3-C.370 3R 3-8XF3-C.530 0/0 C 3R 3-8XF3-K R 3-8XF3-K /0 C 3R 3-8XF3-P R 3-8XF3-P / 0. 5 / C 3R 5-8XF3-C.370 3R 5-8XF3-C.530 0/0 C 3R 5-8XF3-K R 5-8XF3-K /0 C 3R 5-8XF3-P R 5-8XF3-P C 3R 6-8XF3-C.390 3R 6-8XF3-C.550 0/0 C 3R 6-8XF3-K R 6-8XF3-K /0 C 3R 6-8XF3-P R 6-8XF3-P6.550 DC operation DC 3R 3-8XF3-BB.90 3R 3-8XF3-BB.00 3 / 0. 5 / 9 9 DC 3R 5-8XF3-BB.90 3R 5-8XF3-BB DC 3R 6-8XF3-BB.960 3R 6-8XF3-BB.0 For IO-Link connection DC 3R 3-8XE3-BB.90 3R 3-8XE3-BB.00 3 / 0. 5 / 9 9 DC 3R 5-8XE3-BB.90 3R 5-8XE3-BB DC 3R 6-8XE3-BB.960 3R 6-8XE3-BB.0 For S-Interface connection DC 3R 3-8XH3-BB.960 3R 3-8XH3-BB.0 3 / 0. 5 / 9 9 DC 3R 5-8XH3-BB.960 3R 5-8XH3-BB DC 3R 6-8XH3-BB.980 3R 6-8XH3-BB.0 For other voltages see page /9. /8

49 DC Operation ) V DC Revised 09/30/ Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT / 3RT Contactors Rated control supply voltages Selection and ordering data Contactor type Rated control supply voltage U s 3RT0 3R 3RT3 3RT5 3RT0 3R 3RT3 3RT5 3RT67 3RT67 3RT67 3RT03 3R3 3RT33 3RT3 3RT53 S00 S00 S0 S0 S00-S3 S S S3 3RT0 3RT3 3RT 3R Rated control supply voltages (changes to 0th and th positions of the Order No.) C Operation ) Coils for 50 Hz (exception: size S00: 50 and 60 Hz ) V C B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 V C D0 D0 D0 D0 D0 8 V C H0 H0 H0 H0 H0 0 V C F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 30 V C P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 00 V C V0 V0 V0 V0 V0 V0 V0 V0 Coils for V C B0 B0 C C C C C C 50 and 60 Hz ) V C D0 D0 D D D D D 8 V C H0 H0 H H H H H 0 V C F0 F0 G G G G G G 08 V C M M M M M M M M 0 V C N N N N N N N N 30 V C P0 P0 L L L L L L 0 V C P P P P P P P P For US 50 Hz: 60 Hz: and Canada 3) 0 V C 0 V C K6 K6 K6 K6 K6 K6 K6 K6 0 V C 0 V C P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 77 V C U6 U6 U6 80 V C V6 V6 V6 V6 V6 600 V C T6 T6 T6 For Japan 50/60 Hz ) : 60 Hz 5) : 00 V C 0 V C G6 G6 G6 G6 G6 G6 G6 G6 00 V C 0 V C N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 00 V C 0 V C R6 R6 R6 R6 R6 R6 R6 R6 V DC B B B B B B B V DC D D D D D D D 8 V DC W W W W W 60 V DC E E E E E E 7 V DC J8 J8 J8 J8 J8 J8 J8 80 V DC E8 E8 0 V DC F F F F F F F 5 V DC G G G G G G G 0 V DC M M M M M M M 30 V DC P P P P P Coil codes for frame sizes S6-S can be found on page /9. Further voltages on request ) The SITOP power DC V power supply unit with extended-range input (C V; DC V) can be used for energizing the coil. For more SITOP information see section 5. ) Coil voltage tolerance at 50 Hz: x U s at 60 Hz: x U s 3) Coil voltage tolerance Size S00: at 50 Hz: x U s at 60 Hz: x U s Sizes S0... S3: at 50/60 Hz: x U s ) Coil voltage tolerance Size S00: at 50/60 Hz: x U s Size S0... S3: at 50 Hz: x U s at 60 Hz: x U s 5) Coil voltage tolerance at 60 Hz: x U s 6) Coil voltage tolerance: 0.8 x U s min.... x U s max /9

50 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Control Relays, Coupling Relays 3RH control relays, -pole Selection and ordering data C and DC operation 3RH RH Size S00 Terminal designations according to EN 500 Rated current uxiliary contacts at 0 V Identification Version NEM 600/Q600 No. Rated control supply voltage U s C Operation Screw ) ) Terminals Rated control supply voltage U s DC Operation Screw Terminals ) mps NO NC V C 50/60 Hz 3) Order No. V DC Order No. For screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail 0 0E 0/0 0/0 3RH0-B00 3RH0-K60 3RH0-P RH0-BB0 3RH0-BF0 3RH0-BM0 0 3E 3 0/0 0/0 3RH3-B00 3RH3-K60 3RH3-P RH3-BB0 3RH3-BF0 3RH3-BM0 0 E 0/0 0/0 3RH-B00 3RH-K60 3RH-P RH-BB0 3RH-BF0 3RH-BM0 Notes: For further voltages, see page /9. For accessories, see pages /65-/7. For technical data, see pages /7-/75. For overview, see page /03. For position terminals, see page /89-/90. For dimension drawings, see page /. ) The 3RH contactor relays are also available with spring-type terminals. Replace the 8th digit of the order number with a e.g. 3RH0-B00 ) The 3RH contactor relays are also available with ring lug terminals. Replace the 8th digit of the order number with a e.g. 3RH0-B00 3) C coil operating range at 50 Hz: 0.8 to. x Us at 60 Hz: 0.85 to. x Us ) For C-5/C- the following applies: I e = 6 for mounted auxiliary contacts. /50 Product Category: IEC

51 Revised 09/30/ Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Control Relays, Coupling Relays 3RH latched control relays, -pole Overview The contactor coil and the coil of the release solenoid are both designed for uninterrupted duty. The number of auxiliary contacts can be extended by means of front auxiliary switch blocks (up to poles). RC elements, varistors diodes or diode assemblies can be fitted to both coils from the front for damping opening surges in the coil. Selection and ordering data Size S00 Terminal designations according to EN 500 Rated current ux. contacts Rated 3RH-BB0 at 0 V C-, C-5 NEM 600/Q600 Ident. No. Version control supply voltage U s C Operation Screw Terminals ) Rated control supply voltage U s DC Operation Screw Terminals mps NO NC V C Order No. V DC Order No. For screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail E(+) + ( ) E(-) (-) 3 E(+) (+) E( ) ( ) 3 E(+) (+) E( ) ( ) 3 0 0E, 50/60 Hz 0, 50 Hz/0, 60 Hz 0, 50 Hz / 0, 60 Hz 30, 50/60 Hz 0 3E 3, 50/60 Hz 0, 50 Hz / 0, 60 Hz 0, 50 Hz / 0, 60 Hz 30, 50/60 Hz 0 E, 50/60 Hz 0, 50 Hz / 0, 60 Hz 0, 50 Hz / 0, 60 Hz 30, 50/60 Hz 3RH0-B00 3RH0-K60 3RH0-P60 3RH0-P00 3RH3-B00 3RH3-K60 3RH3-P60 3RH3-P00 3RH-B00 3RH-K60 3RH-P60 3RH-P RH0-BB0 3RH0-BF0 3RH0-BG0 3RH0-BM0 3RH3-BB0 3RH3-BF0 3RH3-BG0 3RH3-BM0 3RH-BB0 3RH-BF0 3RH-BG0 3RH-BM0 For accessories for 3RH, see below and page /65-/7 For technical data, see page /7-/75. For overview, see page /03. For position of terminals, see page /89-/90. For dimension drawings, see page /. uxiliary switch blocks for 3RH, 3RH control relays Size S00 For assembling to control relays For contactor Contacts Weight to have 8 contacts type HS Block Version approx. Ident. No. Screw Terminals Spring Terminals NO NC kg. Order No. Order No. uxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN 500 3RH0, 3RH0, Ident. No. 0 E 80E RH9-G0 3RH9-G0 3RH9-G0 3RH9-G0 ) Coil voltage tolerance at 50 Hz: 0.8 to. x U s at 60 Hz: 0.85 to. x U s 3RH0, 3RH0, Ident. No. 0 E 3RH0, 3RH0, Ident. No. 0 E 3RH0, 3RH0, Ident. No. 0 E 3RH0, 3RH0, Ident. No. 0 E 7E RH9-G3 3RH9-G3 6E RH9-G 3RH9-G 53E RH9-G3 3RH9-G3 E RH9-G0 3RH9-G0 For further accessories see pages /65-/7 Product Category: IEC /5

52 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Coupling Relays 3RH coupling relays for switching auxiliary circuits, pole DC operation IEC and EN The 3RH coupling relays for switching auxiliary circuits are tailored to the special requirements of working with electronic controls. The 3RH coupling relays cannot be extended with auxiliary switch blocks. Coupling relays have a low power consumption, an extended coil voltage tolerance and an integrated surge suppressor for damping opening surges on select versions Selection and ordering data DC operation Size S00 Terminal designations according to EN 50 0 Surge suppressor Rated current uxiliary contacts at 0 V Identification Version NEM 600/Q600 No. Screw Terminals ) Spring Terminals ) approx. Weight mps NO NC Order No. Order No. kg. For screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail Rated control supply voltage U s = V DC, coil voltage tolerance 0.7 to.5 x U s Power consumption of the coils.8 W at V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted) Diode, varistor, or RC element can be mounted Diode integrated E 3E E 0E 3E E 3 3 3RH0-HB0 3RH3-HB0 3RH-HB0 3RH0-JB0 3RH3-JB0 3RH-JB0 3RH0-HB0 3RH3-HB0 3RH-HB0 3RH0-JB0 3RH3-JB0 3RH-JB Suppressor diode integrated E 3E E 3 3RH0-KB0 3RH3-KB0 3RH-KB0 3RH0-KB0 3RH3-KB0 3RH-KB RH0-HB0 Rated control supply voltage U s = V DC, coil voltage tolerance 0.85 to.85 x U s Power consumption of the coils.6 W at V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted) Diode, varistor, or RC element can be mounted Diode integrated E 3E E 0E 3E E 3 3 3RH0-MB0-0KT0 3RH3-MB0-0KT0 3RH-MB0-0KT0 3RH0-VB0 3RH3-VB0 3RH-VB0 3RH0-MB0-0KT0 3RH3-MB0-0KT0 3RH-MB0-0KT0 3RH0-VB0 3RH3-VB0 3RH-VB Suppressor diode integrated E 3E E 3 3RH0-SB0 3RH3-SB0 3RH-SB0 3RH0-SB0 3RH3-SB0 3RH-SB RH0-SB0 For technical data, see /76. For position of terminals, see /89-/90. For dimension drawings, see /. Suppressor element mountable Diode integrated Suppressor diode integrated 0E ) Ring lug terminals are also available. Replace the 8th digit of the order number with a, e.g. 3RH0-HB0 3E E /5 Product Category: IEC

53 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors, 3-pole Selection and ordering data C operation ) 3) 3TF68 Selection and ordering data Maximum inductive current C-3 Maximum power ratings UL Ratings ccessories and Spare parts for 3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors IEC ratings 000 V Max. resistive current C- uxiliary contacts Rated control supply voltage ) 00 V 30 V 60 V 575 V HP HP HP HP NO NC V Order No. kg Size uxiliary and control conductors: screw terminals Main conductor: bar connections C Operation DC Operation , 50/60 Hz 00-0, 50/60 Hz 0-3, 50/60 Hz 00-0, 50/60 Hz UL ratings shown in above table: For IEC use only up to 000 V: V DC V DC UL ratings shown in above table: For IEC use only up to 000 V: 3TF68-nCF7 3TF68-nCM7 3TF69-nCF7 3TF69-nCM7 n=0 n=8 3TF6833-nDB 3TF6933-nDB n= n=8 Weight approx Coils 3TY7 Details C Operation The coils are fitted with varistors for damping surges as standard; the coil is supplied with the closing electronics included. DC Operation Reversing contactors are required for size contactors: Contactor type 3TF68 and 3TF69: Reversing contactor type 3TC (70 mm wide, 85 mm high) The coils are supplied without a reversing contactor. For rated control supply voltages, see page /89. For contactor type 3TF68 3TF69 3TF68 3TF69 Order No. 3TY7683-0C 3TY7693-0C 3TY7683-0D 3TY7693-0D Weight approx. kg Vacuum interrupters In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors, only Siemens original replacement interrupters should be used. 3 vacuum interrupters with mouning parts per set. uxiliary switch blocks with screw terminals NO and NC First auxiliary switch block, left or right. Replacement type for: 3TY756-, -B 3TY TF68 3TF69 3TY7680-0B 3TY7690-0B TF68 / 3TF69 3TY NO and NC First auxiliary switch block, left or right late break 3TF68 / 3TF69 3TY756-E NO and NC Second auxiliary switch block, left or right. Replacement type for: 3TY7 56-K, -L 3TF68 / 3TF69 3TY756-K uxiliary switches for coil reconnection, for DC economy circuit with screw connections NC uxiliary switch block late break 3TF68 / 3TF69 3TY768-G 0.0 Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block with screw terminals For mounting onto the side of contactors. For use in dusty atmosphere and electronic circuits with rated operational currents I e C- and DC-3 from m to 300 m at 3 V to 60 V. 3TF68 / 3TF69 3TY756-U For accessories, see page /53-/5. For technical data, see page /59-/6. For description, see page /0. For internal circuit diagrams, see page /98. For position of terminals, see page /95 For dimension drawings, see page /08. ) For further voltages, see page /89. ) Surge suppression integrated: fitted with varistor. 3) For EMC, see description on page /0. 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors are supplied with integrated surge suppression for the main conducting paths (for description, see page /0). In operation in circuits with DC choppers, frequency converters, variable-speed drives, for example, this protective circuitry is not required. It might be damaged by voltage peaks and harmonics generated, possibly followed by phase-to-phase shortcircuits. For this reason. the contactors can be supplied without overvoltage damping. To order these versions add a -Z and the order code 0. Product Category: IEC /53

54 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors ccessories and Spare parts for 3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors Selection and ordering data For contactor Design Order No. Weight approx. Size Type kg Interface for control by PLC 3TX D Coil voltage tolerance: DC 7 V to 30 V Power consumption: 0.5 W at DC V 3TF68 and 3TF69 Fitted with varistor For technical data, see Part 7. For snapping onto the side of auxiliary switch blocks, with surge suppression 3TX D 0. Std. Pack Qty Terminal covers 3TX (Order No. and price per set) 3TF68 3TF69 for protection against inadvertent contact with the exposed busbar connections (DIN VDE 006 Part 00)" 3TX TX set = units Link for paralleling (star jumper) 3-pole, without terminal ) 3TX D 3TF68 3TX D 0.6 Cover plate for paralleling link 3TF68 cover plate must be used in order to protect against inadvertent contact (DIN VDE 006 Part 00). 3TX E 0.8 Box terminals for laminated copper bars 3TX7570-E Without auxiliary conductor terminal 3TF68 With single covers for protection against inadvertent contact (EN 507) With auxiliary conductor terminal 3TF69 Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary conductors: Solid: ( ) mm Finely stranded with end sleeve: ( ) mm Solid or stranded: (8... ) WG Tightening torque: 0.8 Nm.... Nm (7... lb.in) 3TX7 570-E 0.6 3TX7 690-F.0 Surge suppressors Varistors 3TX7 57-3G 3TF68 and 3TF69 For DC economy circuit; for lateral snapping onto auxiliary switches The varistor is included in the scope of supply of the 3TF68 and 3TF69 contactors with C operation. Rated control supply voltage, V DC TX7 57-3G 3TX7 57-3H 3TX7 57-3J Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side. ) The link for paralleling can be reduced by one pole. /5

55 DC Power Controls Contactors and Replacement Parts General Purpose - Type 3TC Ordering information Select Contactor from table below. Complete catalog number replace the two daggers ( ) with appropriate coil voltage suffix. See corresponding coil voltage suffix table below. Technical Data see page /65-/68. Dimensions see page /08. 3TC 3TC5 3TC DC Contactors Frame mpere Rating Pole DC HP Ratings (DC-3, DC-5) uxiliary contacts C-Operated DC-Operated Size Open Enclosed 5 V 30 V 500 V 575 V NO NC Order No. Order No TC7 0B 3TC TC87 0B 3TC TC57 0B 3TC TC567 0B 3TC567 0 Device Frame Size Catalog Number Coils, C V C 0V C 0/0V C 77V C 80V C 600V C 3TY683-0K6 3TC 3TC7-0B 3TY703-0C 3TY703-0K6 3TY703-0P6 3TY703-0U 3TY703-0V0 3TY703-0S0 3TC87-0B 3TY683-0C 3TY683-0K6 3TY683-0P6 3TY683-0P0 3TY683-0V0 3TY683-0S0 3TC57-0B 3TY653-0K6 3TY653-0P6 3TY653-0P0 3TY653-0V0 3TC567-0B 3TY6566-0K6 3TY6566-0P0 3TY6566-0V0 3TY6566-0S0 Coils, DC V DC 8V DC 0V DC 5V DC 30V DC 3TC7-0 3TY63-0BB 3TY63-0BF 3TY63-0BG 3TC87-0 3TY683-0BB 3TY683-0BW 3TY683-0BF 3TY683-0BG 3TC 3TC57-0 3TY653-0BB 3TY653-0BF 3TY653-0BG 3TY653-0BP 3TC57-0 3TY6563-0BB 3TY6563-0BF 3TY6563-0BG 3TY6563-0BP 3TY683-0BB Frame size Contactor type Mounting position uxiliary Contact Blocks with NO + NC contacts ) 3TY650- Solid state Order No., 3TC or st block, left or right 3TY TC8 nd block, left or right Yes 3) 3TY756-U00 3TC8 nd block, left 5) 3TY650-K nd block, right 5) 3TY650-L 8, 3TC5 or st block, left 3TY656-3TC56 st block, right 3TY656-B nd block, left 5) 3TY656-K nd block, right 5) 3TY656-L Device Type Frame Size Catalog Number Main Contacts ) 3TC 3TY0-0 Coil Suffix Table Replace in the contactor Order No. with a coil code from the table below. V C 50/60 Hz Code V DC Code C B 0 K* 36 V 0 P 8 W 60 V0 60 E 600 S0 7 J8 *Use suffix K for 3TC. 0 F 5 G 0 M 30 P 3TY80-0 rc Chutes 3TY8-0 3TC8 3TY80-0 3TC 3TC5 3TY50-0 3TC56 3TY TC 3TY-0 3TC 3TC8 3TY8-0 3TC5 3TY5-0 3TC56 3TY56-0 ) Main contact kits for size 3TC8 and larger include springs. Smaller sizes do not. ) On DC operated contactors the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is NO, NC. 3) For use in dusty atmosphere and electronic circuits with rated operational currents I e C- and DC-3 from m to 300 m at 3V to 60V. With changeover contact. ) Discount Code: DC Contactors 5) Can only be mounted on C-operated contactors. Product Category: IEC /55

56 DC Power Controls DC Contactor Replacement Parts General Purpose - Type 3TC For contactors Version Rated control supply voltage U s Size Type V C V DC Surge suppressors Varistors 3TX TX TC ) Varistors ) with line spacer, for mounting onto the coil terminal 3TC8 Varistors ) for sticking onto the contactor base or for mounting separately 8 and 3TC5, 3TC56 8 and 3TC5, 3TC56 Varistor for sticking onto the contactor base or for mounting separately Varistors ) for separate screw connection or snapping onto TH 35 standard mounting rail Order No TX7 0-3G TX7 0-3H TX7 0-3J TX7 0-3K TX7 0-3L TX7 6-3G TX7 6-3H TX7 6-3J TX7 6-3K TX7 6-3L TX7 6-3G TX7 6-3H TX7 6-3J TX7 6-3K TX7 6-3L TX7 5-3G TX7 5-3H TX7 5-3J Std. Pack Qty 3TX Surge suppressors RC elements 3TC8 RC elements For lateral snapping onto auxiliary switch or TH 35 standard mounting rail 3TX7 6-3., 3TX and 3TC5, 3TC56 Surge suppressors Diodes to 3TC8, 3TC5,. 3TC56 RC elements For lateral snapping onto auxiliary switch or TH 35 standard mounting rail Diode assemblies 3) (diode and Zener diode) for DC solenoid system, for sticking onto the contactor base or for mounting separately TX7 6-3R TX7 5-3R TX7 6-3S TX7 5-3S TX7 6-3T TX7 5-3T TX7 6-3U TX7 6-3V TX7 5-3R TX7 5-3S TX7 5-3T TX7 5-3U TX7 5-3V TX7 6-3D 3TX Terminal covers 6 3TC8 For protection against inadvertent contact with exposed busbar connections. Can be screwed on free screw end. Covers one busbar connection 0 and 3TC5, 3TC56 3TX B 3TX6 56-3B set= 6 units set= 6 units 3TX B ) The connection piece for mounting the surge suppressor must be bent slightly. ) Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side. 3) Not for DC economy circuit. /56

57 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor relays and coupling relays Size S00 with accessories NSB0_ Contactor relay Coupling relay for auxiliary circuits 3 Solid-state timing relay block -pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the top 5 -pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the top -pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the bottom 7 -pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the bottom 8 -pole auxiliary switch block (terminal designations according to EN 500 or EN 50005) 9 -pole auxiliary switch block, solid-state compatible version (terminal designations according to EN 50005) 0 Solder pin adapter for contactor relays with -pole auxiliary switch block Solder pin adapter for contactor and coupling relays dditional load module for increasing the permissible residual current 3 Surge suppressor with LED Surge suppressor without LED 6 /57

58 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT contactors and coupling relays Size S00 with mountable accessories Overview The family of controls The modular system with its components for the switching, starting, protection and monitoring of motors and industrial systems stands for the fast, flexible and space-saving construction of control cabinets NSB0_0056a 3 Contactor size S00 -pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 3 -pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front Cable entry from the top -pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front Cable entry from the bottom 5 -pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 6 3R8 function module 7 3R7 function module for S-Interface, direct starting 8 3R7 function module for IO-Link, direct starting 9 Surge suppressor with/without LED 0 Three-phase feeder terminal Star jumper, 3-pole, without connecting terminal Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal 3 Wiring modules, on the top and bottom (reversing duty) Solder pin adapter 5 6 Connection module (adapter and connector) for contactors with screw-type connection Safety main current connector for two contactors For contactors For contactors and coupling contactors (interface) For accessories see pages /65 to /80. For contactor assemblies see pages /0 to /7. For assembly kit for reversing contactor assemblies (mech. interlocking, wiring modules) see page /78. For mountable overload relays see Chapter 3, Overload Relays For Motor Starters see Chapter, Combination Starters /58

59 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT contactors and coupling relays Size S0 with mountable accessories NSB0_0057a 9 Contactor size S0 -pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 3 -pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front Cable entry from the top -pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 5 -pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front Cable entry from the bottom 6 Surge suppressor with/without LED 7 3R7 function module for S-Interface, direct starting 8 3R8 function module 9 3R7 function module for IO-Link, direct starting 0 Pneumatic delay block Mechanical latching block 3 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal Connection module (adapter and plug) for contactors with screw-type connection Coil terminal module, on the top and bottom 5 Wiring modules, on the top and bottom (reversing duty) 6 Three-phase feeder terminal 7 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole, without connecting terminal 8 Safety main current connector for two contactors For accessories see pages /65 to /80. /59

60 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT contactors Sizes S and S3 with mountable accessories Contactor, size S 3 Contactor, size S3 For sizes S and S3: Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay 5 Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay 6 uxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay (ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function) 7 -pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above 8 -pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below 9 -pole auxiliary switch block (terminal designations according to EN 500 or EN 50005) 0 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole, without connecting terminal Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal -pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right (terminal designations according to EN 500 or EN 50005) 3 Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to can be snapped on) Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable 5 Mechanical interlock, mountable to the front 6 Wiring connectors on the top and bottom (reversing duty) 7 Surge suppressor (varistor, RC element, diode assembly), can be mounted on the top or bottom 8 Mechanical latching interface for mounting directly onto contactor coil 9 LED module for indicating contactor operation Only for size S: 0 Mechanical latching Only for sizes S and S3: Coil repeat terminal for making contactor assemblies Terminal cover for box terminal Only for size S3: 3 Terminal cover for cable lug and bar connection uxiliary conductor terminal, 3-pole ccessories identical for sizes S and S3 ccessories differ according to size NSB0_083 For accessories see pages /65 to /80. /60

61 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT contactors Sizes S6 to S with mountable accessories (illustration for basic unit) NSB0_057d 3RT0 and 3RT air-break contactors, sizes S6, S0 and S uxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay (ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function) -pole auxiliary switch block (terminal designations according to EN 500 or EN 50005) -pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above -pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to can be snapped on) -pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right (terminal designations according to EN 500 or EN 50005) (identical for S0 to S) Surge suppressor (RC element) for plugging into top of withdrawable coil 9 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection, different for sizes S6 and S0/S 0 Terminal cover for box terminal, different for sizes S6 and S0/S Box terminal block, different for sizes S6 and S0/S ccessories identical for sizes S0 to S ccessories identical for sizes S6 to S ccessories differ according to size For accessories see pages /65 to /80. For mountable overload relays see Chapter 3, Overload Relays. /6

62 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT contactors Size S6 with accessories NSB0_0668b 3RT0 and 3RT air-break contactor, size S Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable Wiring modules on the top and bottom 3R953- Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole, with through-hole, 3RT956-B3 Terminal cover for cable lug and bar connection different for sizes S6 and S0/S Terminal cover for box terminal different for sizes S6 and S0/S Box terminal block, different for sizes S6 and S0/S ccessories identical for sizes S6 to S ccessories differ according to size For accessories see pages /65-/80. Mountable overload relays see Chapter 3, Overload Relays. /6

63 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT contactors Sizes S6, S0 and S with accessories NSB0_0669b 3RT0 and 3RT air-break contactor, sizes S6, S0 and S or 3RT vacuum contactor, sizes S0 and S Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable Wiring modules on the top and bottom, 3R9 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole, with through-hole, 3RT9 56-B3 Terminal cover for box terminal, different for sizes S6 and S0/S Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection, different for sizes S6 and S0/S ccessories identical for sizes S6 to S ccessories different according to size For accessories see pages /65-/80. For mountable overload relays see Chapter 3, Overload Relays. /63

64 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT contactors Sizes S6 to S with accessories ir-break contactor, sizes S6, S0 and S Vacuum contactor, sizes S0 and S NSB0_00a Withdrawable coils for 3RT contactors with conventional operating mechanism (size S0: differentiation between 3RT0/3RT air-break contactors and 3RT vacuum contactors) (size S: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors) Withdrawable coils for 3RT N.. contactors with solid-state operating mechanism. (size S0: differentiation between 3RT0/3RT air-break contactors and 3RT vacuum contactors) (size S: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors) Withdrawable coils and laterally mountable module (plug-on) for 3RT P.. air-break contactors with solid-state operating mechanism and remaining lifetime indicator Surge suppressor (RC element), plug-mountable on withdrawable coils 3RT with conventional operating mechanism 3RT...-.N.. with solid-state operating mechanism Identical for sizes S6 to S Different according to size For surge suppressors see page /7, withdrawable coils see page /85. For mountable overload relays see Chapter 3, Overload Relays. /6

65 Revised 09/30/ Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays uxiliary switch blocks Selection and ordering data 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H0 3RH9 -H.. 3RH9 -H.. For contactors/ control relays Rated operational Current ) 6 NEM 600/Q600 Contactor with HS block Ident. No. Connections position uxiliary contacts Version Type NO NC NO NC uxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN 500 (also compliant with the requirements according to EN 50005) Size S00 ) For assembling contactors with, 3,, or 5 auxiliary contacts Screw Terminals ) Order No. Spring Terminals ) Order No. 3RT0., Ident. No. 0E 3RT3. 3RT5. E E 3E E E E 3E 3E 3E 3E E E RH9-H0 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H03 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H 3RH9-H 3RH9-H3 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H 3RH9-H 3RH9-H30 3RH9-H3 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H03 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H 3RH9-H 3RH9-H3 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H 3RH9-H 3RH9-H30 3RH9-H3 Size S0 For assembling contactors with 3,, or 5 auxiliary contacts 3RT0., Ident. No. E 3RT3. 3RT5. E 3E E E E 3E E 3E 3E 33E E E uxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN 500 3) Sizes S to S -pole RH9-H0 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H03 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H 3RH9-H 3RH9-H3 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H 3RH9-H 3RH9-H30 3RH9-H3 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H03 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H 3RH9-H 3RH9-H3 3RH9-H0 3RH9-H 3RH9-H 3RH9-H30 3RH9-H3 3RT. 3 to 3RT. 7, 3RT. 3 3 (with location digits 5, 6, 7, 8) 3 3 3RH9-H3 3RH9-H 3RH9-H3 3RH9-X-0M0 3RH9-H3 3RH9-H 3RH9-H3 3RH9-X-0M0 EN50005 and EN500 designate the markings of the auxiliary terminal numbers. For position of the terminals see pages /89-/93. For int. circuit diagrams see page /77. 3RH9 aux blocks are not intended for use with 3RT or 3RH contactors and relays. 3RH9 aux blocks are not intended for use with 3RT or 3RH contactors and relays. For auxiliary switch blocks for 3RH0 and 3RH0 see page /5. ) The 3RH9-.H.. aux. switches are available with ring-lug terminals. Replace the 8th digit of the Order No. with a. ) Size S00 can be mounted according to EN 500 only on basic units which have no integrated NC contact. 3) Exception: 3RT6 ) UL ratings: See appendix page 9/7 Product Category: IEC /65

66 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays uxiliary switch blocks Selection and ordering data 3RH9-F0 3RH9-F0 3RH9 -C... 3RH9 -C... 3RH9 -L.. 3RH9 -M.. For contactors/ control relays Rated operational Current ) 6 NEM 600/Q600 Contactor with HS block Ident. No. Connections position uxiliary contacts Version Type NO NC NO NC uxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN Screw Terminals ) Order No. Spring Terminals ) Order No. Sizes S00 and S0 - or -pole auxiliary switch blocks for assembling contactors with 3 and 5 or and 6 auxiliary contacts 3RT.., 3RT.., 3RH.., 3RH ) ) ) ) 3RH9-F0 3RH9-F 3RH9-F0 3RH9-FB 3RH9-FB 3RH9-FC 3RH9-F0 3RH9-F 3RH9-F0 3RH9-FB 3RH9-FB 3RH9-FC - and - pole auxiliary switch blocks, cable entry from above or below 3RT.., 3RT.., 3RH.., 3RH Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom 3RH9-0 3RH9-B0 3RH9-0 3RH9-B0 3RH9-L 3RH9-M 3RH9-L0 3RH9-M0 Sizes S to S 3) -pole auxiliary switch blocks 3RT. 3 to 3RT. 7, 3RT U 3 3RH9-F0 3RH9-F3 3RH9-F 3RH9-F0 3RH9-FC 3RH9-F0 3RH9-F3 3RH9-F 3RH9-F0 3RH9-FC Single-pole auxiliary switch blocks (also compliant with EN 500 ) 3RT. 3 to 3RT. 7, 3RT 3RH9-C0 3RH9-C0 3RH9-CD0 3RH9-CD0 3RH9-C0 3RH9-C0 -pole auxiliary switch blocks with cable entry from one side 3RT. 3 to 3RT. 7, 3RT Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom 3RH9 -L 3RH9 -M 3RH9 -L0 3RH9 -M0 3RH9 -L0 3RH9 -M0 EN50005 and EN500 designate the markings of the auxiliary terminal numbers. For position of the terminals see pages /89-/93. For int. circuit diagrams see page /77. ) Mounting is permitted only on basic units which have no integrated NC contact. ) Version with early make and delayed break contacts 3) Exception: 3RT6 ) UL ratings: See appendix page 9/7 /66 Product Category: IEC

67 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks Selection and ordering data 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D0 3RH9 -E.. -K.. 3RH9-D0 For contactors/ control relays Rated operational Current ) 6 NEM 600/Q600 Contactor with HS block Ident. No. Mountable to contactor/ contactor relay side uxiliary contacts Version Type NO NC Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 500 Laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, -pole ) ) Size S00 3RT0. Ident. No. 0E Size S0 3RT0. Ident.No. E 3RT3. 3RT5 600/Q /Q /Q /Q /Q600 E E 3E E 3E right right right right right Screw Terminals ) Order No. 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D 3RH9-D0 Spring Terminals ) Order No. 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D 3RH9-D0 Sizes S to S 3RT. 3 to 3RT /Q600 right or left 3RH9-D 3RH9-D Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, -pole Sizes S3 to S 3RT. to 3RT /Q300 right or left 3RH9-J 3RH9-J Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks according to EN First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, -pole ) ) Sizes S00 3RT0., Ident.No. 0E 3RT3. 3RT5. 600/Q /Q /Q right or left right or left right or left Sizes S0 3RT0. 3RT3. 3) 3RT5. 3) Sizes S to S 3RT. 3 to 3RT /Q /Q /Q /Q /Q /Q right or left right or left right or left right or left right or left right or left Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, -pole Sizes S3 to S 3RT. to 3RT /Q /Q /Q300 right or left right or left right or left 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D 3RH9-D0 3RH9-E0 3RH9-E 3RH9-E0 3RH9-K0 3RH9-K 3RH9-K0 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D0 3RH9-D 3RH9-D0 3RH9-E0 3RH9-E0 3RH9-K0 3RH9-K0 EN50005 and EN500 designate the markings of the auxiliary terminal numbers. For position of the terminals see pages /89-/93. For int. circuit diagrams see pages /77-/8. ) With size S00, mounting according to EN 500 is permitted only on basic units which have no NC contact integrated. ) Ident. No., 3 and 3 according to EN 500 is also possible. Please note the corresponding circuit diagrams for mounting 3RH9 -D.. on the left. 3) With 3RT3., 3RT5.. mountable only on the right. ) UL ratings: See appendix page 9/7 Product Category: IEC /67

68 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays Solid-state auxiliary switch blocks Selection and ordering data n Operation in dusty atmospheres n Solid-state circuits with rated operational currents I e /C- and DC-3 from 300 m at 3 60 V n Hard gold-plated contacts n Mirror contacts according to EN , ppendix F, for laterally mountable auxiliary switches Selection and ordering data 3RH9-NF0 3RH9-NF0 3RH9-DE 3RH9-DE 3RH9 -DE For contactors/ control relays Contactor with HS block Ident. No. Mountable to contactor/ contactor relay side uxiliary contacts Version Type NO NC NO NC Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN ) Sizes S00 and S0 3RT.., 3RT.., 3RH.., 3RH.. Sizes S to S 3RT. 3 to 3RT Screw Terminals ) Order No. 3RH9-NF0 3RH9-NF 3RH9-NF0 3RH9-FE Spring Terminals ) Order No. 3RH9-NF0 3RH9-NF 3RH9-NF0 3RH9 -FE 3RH9-FJ Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks, laterally mountable, according to EN 500 First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, -pole Size S00 ) 3RT.., E right 3RH9-DE Ident. No. 0E Size S0 3RT.., E right 3RH9-DE Ident. No. 0E Sizes S to S 3RT. 3 to 3RT. 7 right or left 3RH9-DE Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, -pole Sizes S3 to S 3RT. to 3RT. 7 right or left 3RH9-JE Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks, laterally mountable, according to EN Size S00 3RT.., right or left 3RH9-DE Ident. No. 0E Size S0 3RT.. right or left 3RH9-DE EN50005 and EN500 designate the markings of the auxiliary terminal numbers. For position of the terminals see pages /89 -/93. For int. circuit diagrams see pages /77-/8. ) The 3RH9 -.NF.. auxiliary switches are also available with ring lug terminal connection. The 8th digit of the order number must be replaced with, e. g.: 3RH9-NF -> 3RH9-NF ) Size S00 can be mounted according to EN 500 only on basic units which have no integrated NC contact. /68 Product Category: IEC

69 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays uxiliary switch blocks, delayed Selection and ordering data For contactors 3RT., 3RH ) 3RH Rated control supply voltage U s ) Time setting range t 0 C/DC (, 0, 00, selectable) Output / auxiliary contacts Screw Terminals Spring Terminals Type V Sec Order No. Order No. Time-delay, solid-state auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to DIN The electrical connection between the solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch and the contactor underneath is established automatically when it is snapped on and locked into place. Sizes S00 and S0 3R83-W0 ON-delay (varistor integrated) CO 3R83-W0 NO + NC 3R83-FW0 OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated) 0 C/DC (, 0, 00, selectable) CO NO + NC OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage 3) (varistor integrated) 0 C/DC (, 0, 00, selectable) CO NO + NC 3R8 -W0 3R8 -FW0 3R85-W0 3R85-FW0 3R83-W0 3R83-FW0 3R8 -W0 3R8 -FW0 3R85-W0 3R85-FW0 3RT96-FJ Sizes S to S ON-delay (varistor integrated) 3RT0, 3RT3, 3RT, 3RT5 C/DC ) C ) C ) OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage 5) C/DC ) (, 0, 00, selectable) 00 7 C ) (, 0, 00, selectable) 00 0 C ) (, 0, 00, selectable) WYE-delta function C/DC ) 00 7 C ) 00 0 C ) NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC each have: NO delayed NO instant interval 50ms 3RT9 6-EJ 3RT9 6-EJ 3RT9 6-EJ3 3RT9 6-EC 3RT9 6-EC 3RT9 6-EC3 3RT9 6-ED 3RT9 6-ED 3RT9 6-ED3 3RT9 6-FJ 3RT9 6-FJ 3RT9 6-FJ3 3RT9 6-FK 3RT9 6-FK 3RT9 6-FK3 3RT9 6-FL 3RT9 6-FL 3RT9 6-FL3 3RT9 6-GJ5 3RT9 6-GC5 3RT9 6-GD5 For technical data, see pages /69-/70. For int. circuit diagrams, see page /85. For position of terminals, see page /93. When the solid-state time-delay auxiliary switches are used, no other auxiliary switches are allowed to be mounted on the basic units. ) C voltage values apply for 50 Hz and 60 Hz. ) Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays. 3) Setting of output contacts in as-supplied state not defined (bistable relay). pplication of the control supply voltage once results in contact change-over to the correct setting. ) Terminals and for the rated control supply voltage of the solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch must be connected to the associated contactor by means of connecting leads. 5) Position of the output contacts not defined in the as-delivered state (bistable relay). pplying the control voltage once results in the contacts switching to the correct position. Product Category: IEC /69

70 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays Function modules, delay blocks, and mechanical latching blocks Selection and ordering data For contactors Rated control supply voltage U ) s Time setting range t Screw Terminals ) Weight approx. Type V sec Order No. kg Solid-state time-delay blocks with semiconductor output 3R8-CW0 Sizes S00 and S0 For mounting on the front of the contactors The electrical connection between the timing relay and the contactor underneath is established automatically when it is snapped on and locked in place. ON-delay (two wire version, varistor integrated) 3RT0., 3RT0., 3RH 3), 3RH 0 C/DC (, 0, 00, selectable) 3R8-CW OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated) 3RT0., 3RT0., 0 C/DC R8-DW R8-CW0 3RH 3), 3RH (, 0, 00, selectable) Sizes S and S3 For mounting on the terminals on top of the contactors ON-delay (varistor integrated) 3RT03, 3RT0, 3RT3 5), 3RT5 66 C/DC RT96-CG 3RT96-CG 3RT96-CG RT96-CG Off-delay device 3RT96-B C/DC Off-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated) 3RT03, 3RT0, 3RT3 5), 3RT5 3RT., 3RT., 3RH...-BF0 3RT., 3RT., 3RH...-BM0 3RT96-BE0 3RT., 3RT., 3RH...-BB0 Sizes S and S3 3RT. 3, 3RT. 66 C/DC C/DC Sizes S00 and S0 For contactors with DC operation. Non-adjustable delay time 0 C/DC S00: > 0. S0: > C/DC S00: > 0.5 S0: > 0.3 DC S00: > 0. S0: > 0. DC S: 90 fixed S3: 70 fixed 3RT96-CH 3RT96-CH 3RT96-CH3 3RT96-DG 3RT96-DG 3RT96-DG3 3RT96-DH 3RT96-DH 3RT96-DH RT96-BK RT96-BL RT96-BE RT96-BE Pneumatic delay blocks, terminal designation according to EN ) 3RT96-P0 Size S0 For snapping onto the front of contactors 5) uxiliary contacts NO and NC With ON-delay 3RT With OFF-delay 3RT RT96-P0 3RT96-P 3RT96-PR0 3RT96-PR Mechanical latching blocks For mounting onto the front of contactors 3RT96-3B3 The contactor remains in the energized state even after voltage failure Size S0 3RT. C/DC 0 C/DC 30 C/DC Size S 3RT. For description, see page /06. For technical data, see page /69. For circuit diagrams, see page /85. C/DC 0 C/DC 30 C/DC ) C voltage ratings apply for 50 and 60 Hz. ) The 3R8 time-delay blocks are available with spring-type terminals. Replace the 8th digit of the order number with a. 3) Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays 3RT96-3B3 3RT96-3F3 3RT96-3P3 3RT96-3B3 3RT96-3F3 3RT96-3P ) Versions according to DIN VDE 06 on request. 5) In addition to these, no other auxiliary contacts are permitted. /70 Product Category: IEC

71 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays Selection and ordering data Rated control supply For contactors Version voltage U ) s C operation DC operation Order No. ) Type V C V DC kg Surge suppressors without LED (also for spring-type terminals) Size S00 For plugging onto the front side of the contactors (with and without auxiliary switch block) 3RT96-B. 00 3RT., 3RH. 3RT., 3RH. 3RT., 3RH. 3RT., 3RH. Varistor RC element Noise suppression diode Diode assembly (diode and Zener diode) for DC operation 3RT96-B. 00 Size S0 For plugging onto the front side of the contactors (prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block) 3RT. Varistor RT. RC element RT96-B. 00 3RT. Sizes S and S3 3RT. 3, 3RT. 3RT. 3, 3RT. 3RT. 3, 3RT. Diode assembly for DC operation RT96-BB00 3RT96-BC00 3RT96-BD00 3RT96-BE00 3RT96-BF00 3RT96-CB00 3RT96-CC00 3RT96-CD00 3RT96-CE00 3RT96-CF00 Weight approx RT96-DG RT96-EH For plugging onto coil terminals on the top or bottom Varistor RC element Diode assembly for DC operation For plugging onto top (e. g. for contactors with overload relay) For plugging onto bottom (e. g. for fuseless motor starters) 3RT936-C. 00 Sizes S6, S0, S For plugging onto the conventional or solid-state coil 3RT. 5, 3RT. 6 3RT. 7 RC element RT96-BB00 3RT96-BC00 3RT96-BD00 3RT96-BE00 3RT96-BF00 3RT96-CB00 3RT96-CC00 3RT96-CD00 3RT96-CE00 3RT96-CF00 3RT96-ER00 3RT96-ES00 3RT96-BB00 3RT96-BC00 3RT96-BD00 3RT96-BE00 3RT96-BF00 3RT936-CB00 3RT936-CC00 3RT936-CD00 3RT936-CE00 3RT936-CF00 3RT936-ER00 3RT936-ES00 3RT936-TR00 3RT936-TS00 3RT956-CB00 3RT956-CC00 3RT956-CD00 3RT956-CE00 3RT956-CF ) Can be used for C operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further voltages. ) For packs of 5 or 0 units, -Z and order code X90 must be added to the Order No. Product Category: IEC /7

72 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays Surge suppressors and other function blocks Selection and ordering data Rated control supply For voltage U ) s Weight contactors Version C operation DC operation Order No. ) approx. Type V C V DC kg Surge suppressors with LED (also for spring-type terminals) 3RT96-J.00 Size S00 For plugging onto the front side of the contactors (with and without auxiliary switch block) 3RT., 3RH. 3RT., 3RH. Size S0 Varistor Noise suppression diode For plugging onto the front side of the contactors (prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block) 3RT96-MR00 3RT. Varistor RT96-JJ00 3RT96-JK00 3RT96-JL00 3RT96-JP00 3RT96-LM00 3RT96-LN00 3RT96-LP00 3RT96-JJ00 3RT96-JK00 3RT96-JL RT. Diode assembly RT96-MR For contactors Version Order No. ) Weight approx. kg Main conducting path surge suppression module for 3RT vacuum contactors Sizes S0 and S 3RT For damping overvoltages and protecting the motor windings against multiple reignition when switching off three-phase motors. For connection on the contactor feeder side (-T/-T/6-T3). For separate installation. Rated operational voltage U e 500 V C V C Rated operational voltage U e 000 V C 3RT966-PV3 3RT966-PV EMC suppression modules; three-phase 7.5 HP 3RT96-P. Size S00 For contactors with C or DC operation 3RT0 RC element (3 x 0 Ω/0. μf) - with screw terminals Up to 00 V Up to 575 V Up to 690 V 3RT0 Varistor Up to 00 V Up to 575 V Up to 690 V 3RT96-P 3RT96-P 3RT96-P3 3RT96-PB 3RT96-PB 3RT96-PB dditional load modules 3RT96-G00 Size S0 3RT., 3RH. For plugging onto the front side of the contactors with and without auxiliary switch block 3) For increasing the permissible residual current and for limiting the residual voltage. It ensures safe openeing of contactors with direct control via 30 V C semiconductor outputs of SIMTIC controllers and acts simultaneously as a surge suppressor. Rated voltage: C 50/60 Hz, 80 to 55 V. Operating range: 0.8 to. x U s 3RT96-G ) Can be used for C operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further voltages. ) For packs of 5 or 0 units, -Z and order code X90 must be added to the Order No. 3) For packs of 0 units, -Z and order code X90 must be added to the Order No. /7 Product Category: IEC

73 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays Other function blocks, covers, connectors, terminals Selection and ordering data For contactors Version Order No. ) Weight approx. Type kg LED modules for indicating contactor operation 3RT96-QT00 Size S0 3RT. Sizes S and S3 3RT. 3 3RT. For snapping into the location hole of an inscription label on the front of a contactor either directly on the contactor (S0-S3) or on the front auxiliary switch (S0). The LED module is connected to coil terminals and of the contactor and indicates its energized state. Yellow LED. Rated Voltage: 0 V C/DC, polarized 3RT96-QT00 *std. pkg. qty. = 5 3RH96-QT00 *std. pkg. qty. = Coupling links for control by PLC 3RH9-GP Size S00 3RT. Sizes S and S3 3RT. 3 3RT. For mounting onto the coil terminals of the contactors With LED for indicating switching state. With integrated varistor for limiting the opening surges. Operating range: 7 30 V DC Power consumption: 0.5 W at V DC Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal):.5 m Rated operational current I e: C-5/C- at 30 V: 3 DC-3 at 30 V: 0. 3RH9-GP RH9-GP Control kits 3RT96-MC00 Size S00 3RT., 3RH. uxiliary conductor terminal, 3-pole 3RT96-F For manual operation of the contactor contacts for start up and service. (yellow in color) 3RT96-MC Size S0 3RT. 3RT96-MC Size S3 3RT0. For connecting auxiliary and control leads to the main conductor terminals (for one side). 3RT96-F Screw adapters for mounting contactor Size S0 3RT. Screw adapters for easier screw fixing. Two units are required per contactor. ( pack contains 0 sets for 0 contactors) 3RT96-P *std. pkg. qty. = 0 pairs 0.00 Product Category: IEC /73

74 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays Terminals, covers, adapters, connectors Revised 09/30/ Selection and ordering data Sealable covers For contactors Version Order No. Standard Package Quantity Weight approx. Type kg Sizes S00 and S0 ) 3RT., Sealable covers 3RT., for preventing manual operation 3RH. 3RT9 6-M0 5 units RT9 6-M0 Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals Sizes S00 and S0 dapters for contactors mbient temperature T u max. = 60 C 3RT9 6-RD0 3RT., 3RH. Size S00, rated operational current e at C-3/60 V: 0 3RT. Size S0, rated operational current e at C-3/60 V: 3RT., 3RT., 3RH. Plugs for contactors Size S00, S0 Screw terminals 3RT9 6-RD0 unit RT9 6-RD0 unit RT9 00-RE0 unit RT9 00-RE0 Coil terminal modules Size S0 3RT. Connection from top 3RT9 6-R unit 0.00 Connection from below 3RT9 6-RB unit 0.00 Connection diagonally 3RT9 6-RC unit 0.00 Spring-type terminals 3RT. Connection from top 3RT9 6-R unit 0.00 Connection from below 3RT9 6-RB unit RT9 6-R Covers for contactors with ring lug terminal connection Size S00 Ring lug terminal connection 3RT., Covers for ring lug terminal 3RT9 6-E3 0 units RH connections Single covers 3RT9 6-E3 3RT9 6-EB3 Size S0 3RT. Covers for ring lug terminal connections Set for one device, comprising single covers 3RT9 6-EB3 unit Blank Labels NSB0_09b 3RT9 00- SB0 Unit labeling plates 3RT9 00- SB0 30 units 0.00 PC labeling system for individual inscription of unitlabeling plates available from: murrplastik Systems, Inc. 0 mm x 7 mm 3RT900-SB0 86 units 0.9 ) Exception: contactors and contactor relays with auxiliary switch block mounted onto the front. /7 Product Category: IEC

75 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays Terminals, covers, adapters, connectors Selection and ordering data For contactors Version Screw Terminals Standard package quantity Weight approx. Type Order No. kg Solder pin adaptors for contactors up to 7.5 HP / 3RT96-K Size S00 3RT., 3RH ssembly kit for soldering contactors onto a printed circuit board. For contactor, set is required. 3RT96-K units Solder pin adapters for contactors up to 7.5 HP / (C-/C-3) with mounted -pole auxiliary switch block 3RT96-K Size S00 3RT., ssembly kit for soldering contactors with an auxiliary 3RH switch block onto a prited circuit board. 3RT96-K units For contactor, set is required. Safety main circuit connectors for contactors 3R96- Size S00 3RT. For series connection of contactors 3R96- unit Size S0 3RT. For series connection of contactors 3R96- unit Links for paralleling 3RT96-BB3 3RT96-BB 3RT936-BB3 3RT956-B3 Size For contactors Type Maximum resistive current Ie/C- (at 60 C) of contactors Max. conductor cross sections Screw Terminals Standard package quantity Weight approx. kg Order No. S00 3RT0. 3-pole, with terminal ), ) WG, stranded 3RT96-BB S0 3RT0. 0 WG, stranded 3RT96-BB3 0.0 S 3RT mm 3RT9 36-BB S3 3RT0. 3-pole, with through hole 85 mm 3RT9 6-BB S6 3RT. 5 (WYE jumpers) ), ) 3RT9 56-B S0/S 3RT. 6 3RT9 66-B RT. 7 S00 3RT3. 3RT5. -pole, with terminal ), ) WG, stranded 3RT9 6-BB 0.06 ) The links for paralleling can be reduced by one pole. ) Sizes S00 to S: The links for paralleling are insulated. Size S3: cover plate is supplied separately packed for shock-hazard protection. (Can only be used when the box terminal is removed.) Sizes S6 to S: The 3RT9 56-E (with S6) or 3RT9 66-E (with S0 and S) cover can be used for shock-hazard protection. Product Category: IEC /75

76 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT contactors / 3RH control relays Terminals, covers, accessories Selection and ordering data For contactors Design Order No. List Price $ Size Type unit kg Box terminal block for contactors with screw connections 3RT9 5. -G For circular conductors and ribbon cables For connectable cross-sections, see technical data of contactors, page /99 S3 3RT. 6 mm / 0 WG (solid), 70 mm / 0 WG (stranded) 3RT9 6-G Covers for contactors with screw connections 3RT9 36-E Terminal cover for box terminals 3RT9 6-E S6 3RT. 5 (3RB05) S0, S 3RT. 6, 3RT. 7 (3RB06) Weight approx. S 3RT0 3 dditional shock-hazard protection for mounting on the 3RT9 36-E 0.0 box terminals ( units required per contactor) S3 3RT0, 3RT9 6-E 3RT S6 3RT. 5 Length: 5 mm 3RT9 56-E 0.06 S0, 3RT. 6, Length: 30 mm 3RT9 66-E S 3RT. 7 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection S3 3RT0, 3RT up to 70 mm / /0 WG up to 0 mm / /0 WG 0 mm mm / 500 MCM MCM with auxiliary conductor connection For complying with the phase clearances and as shock-hazard protection in the case of a distant box terminal ) ( units required per contactor) 3RT9 55-G 0.3 3RT9 56-G 0.6 3RT9 66-G 0.6 3RT9 6-E 0.08 S6 3RT. 5 Length: 00 mm 3RT9 56-E 0.05 S0, 3RT. 6, Length: 0 mm 3RT9 66-E S 3RT. 7 For covering bars between the contactor and 3RB0 overload relay or wiring connector for contactor assemblies S6 3RT. 5 Length: 7 mm 3RT9 56-E S0, 3RT. 6, Length: mm 3RT9 66-E3 S 3RT. 7 Design Order No. Package quantity Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation on conductors up to mm (7 WG) 3RT96-J0 Insulation stop strips can be inserted in cable entry of the spring terminal ( strips per contactor required) For basic devices S00 (3RT0. or 3RH. ), removable individually 3RT96-J0 0 strips Weight approx. kg For auxiliary and control circuit on basic devices size S0 (3RT0. ) and for mountable 3RH9 auxiliary switches, removable in pairs 3RT96-J0 0 strips 0.00 Tool for opening spring-type terminals 3R908- Screwdriver for all devices with spring-type terminals Length: approx. 00 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, titanium gray//black, partially insulated 3R908- unit 0.05 ) Refer to the note on page /9, conductor cross-sections. /76 Product Category: IEC

77 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3, 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies ccessories For Size Design Order No. Weight contactors approx. Type kg Mechanical interlocks 3R9 -B 3RT0 3, 3RT0 ; 3RT3 3, 3RT3 S, S3; S, S3, laterally mountable each with one auxiliary contact ( NC) per contactor (can only couple contactors of max. level different size. The mounting depth of the smaller contactor has to be adapted.) Interlock width: 0 mm 3R9 -B RT0 3, 3RT0 ; S, S3; front mountable on contactors of sizes S, S3 (for contactors of the same size respectively) 3R9-0.0 Note : Sizes S and S3: Use 3R9 3-C mechanical connectors. 3R9 5-C 3RT0 to 3RT05 S3 to S6 adapter to mechanically interlock a 3RT0 with a 3RT05 includes the adapter and QTY - 3R9-G mechanical connectors 3R9 5-C requires the 3R95 - to be ordered separately Note: Fits 3RT0 C coil versions only. Does not fit 3RT0 DC coil versions. 3R9 5-3RT. 5 to 3RT. 7 S6, S0, S laterally mountable without auxiliary contacts; size S6, S0 and S contactors can be interlocked with each other as required; no adaptation of mounting depth is necessary. Contactor clearance 0 mm. 3R Repeat coil terminal set 3R9 3-3B 3RT0 3, 3RT0 S, S3 for coil terminals and for reversing starters of size S and S3 contactors. x and x are required per assembly. ( set contains x and x ) 3R9 3-3B 0.0 Baseplates 3R97-3RT0 5 S6 for customer mounting of contactor assemblies for reversing unit 3R RT. 6 S0 3R RT. 7 S 3R ) Can also be used for size S and S3 -pole contactors. Product Category: IEC /77

78 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3, 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies ccessories For contactors Size Details Screw Terminals Spring Terminals Pkg. qty. Type Order No. Order No. ssembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies 3R93-3RT0 S00 The assembly kit contains: Mechanical interlock, connecting clips for contactors, Wiring modules on the top and bottom For main, auxiliary and control circuits 3R93-3R93- kit 3R93-3RT0 S0 The assembly kit contains: Mechanical interlock, connecting clips for contactors, Wiring modules on the top and bottom For main, auxiliary and control circuits Only for main circuit ) 3R93-3R93- kit kit 3R933-3RT03 S The installation kit contains: connecting clips for contactors, Wiring modules on the top and bottom 3R933- kit 3R93-3RT0 S3 The installation kit contains: connecting clips for contactors, Wiring modules on the top and bottom 3R93- kit 3R9 53-3RT05 S6 The installation kit contains: Wiring modules on the top and bottom (for connection with box terminal) 3R9 53- kit 3RT05 3RT. 6 3RT. 7 S6 S0 S The installation kit contains: Wiring modules on the top and bottom (for connection without box terminals) 3R953-M 3R963-3R973- kit ) Version in size S0 with spring-type terminals: Only the wiring modules for the main circuit are included. No connectors are included for the auxiliary and control circuit. /78 Product Category: IEC

79 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3R3, 3R3 reversing contactor assemblies ccessories Contactor For gap for Screw Spring contactors Size interlock Version Terminals Terminals Type Order No. Order No. Wiring modules 3R93-3D 3RT0 S00-0 mm Top (in-phase) 3R93-3D 3R93-3D S00 Bottom (phase reversal) 3R93-3E 3R93-3E Pkg. qty. 3RT0 S0- S0 0 mm Top (in-phase) Bottom (phase reversal) 3R93-3D 3R93-3E 3R93-3D 3R93-3E 3R93-3E 3RT03 S- S 0 mm Top (in-phase) Bottom (phase reversal) 3R933-3D 3R933-3E 3RT0 S3- S3 3R953-3D 3RT05 S6- S6 0 mm Top (in-phase) Bottom (phase reversal) 0 mm Top (in-phase, for connection with box terminal) 3R93-3D 3R93-3E 3R953-3D 3R953-3P Top (with phase reversal, for connection without box terminal) 3R953-3P For contactors Size Type Mechanical connectors ) 3R9. -H 3RT0 S00- S00 Contactor gap for interlock Interlock Type Version Order No. 0 mm Laterally mountable For 3-pole contactors and -pole contactors 3R9-H Pkg. qty. set 3RT0 S0- S0 0 mm Laterally mountable For 3-pole contactors and -pole contactors 3R9-H set 3R93-C 3RT. 3 S- S 0 mm Mountable on front 0 mm Laterally mountable For 3-pole contactors 3R93-C 5 sets For 3-pole contactors 3R93-D 5 sets 3R93-C For -pole contactors 3R93-G 5 sets 3RT. S3- S3 0 mm Mountable on front 3R93-G 0 mm Laterally mountable For 3-pole contactors 3R93-C 5 sets For 3-pole contactors 3R93-D 5 sets For -pole contactors 3R9-G 5 sets 3R93-G 3RT. 5 S6- S6 0 mm Laterally mountable Top (with phase reversal, for connection without box terminal) 3R93-D 5 sets Note: Standard package quantities may change. Check Industry Mall for current package quantities. ) set for contactor. Size S00 & S0: set includes connectors and interlock. Size S-S6: set includes connectors; one connector for top and one connector for bottom. Product Category: IEC /79

80 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors WYE-delta accessories ccessories Installation kits 3R9 53-B 3R9 53-N, 3R9 63- B, 3R9 73-B Design Sizes Order No. Weight approx. kg The installation kit contains: Mechanical interlock, connecting clips, S00-S00-S00 3R9 3-BB set 0.05 WYE jumper, Wiring connectors on the top and bottom,- For main, auxiliary, and control circuits 3) The installation kit contains: mechanical interlock, connecting clips, WYE jumper, wiring connectors on the top and S0-S0-S0 3R9 3-BB set 0.0 and bottom - For main, auxiliary, and control circuits 3) The installation kit contains: WYE jumper on the top Wiring jumper on the bottom (The wiring connector on the top is not included in the scope of supply. double infeed between the line contactor and the delta contactor is recommended.) S-S-S0 3R9 33-C set 0.6 S-S-S 3R9 33-B 0.6 S3-S3-S 3R9 3-C 0.33 S3-S3-S3 3R9 3-B 0.6 S6-S6-S6 3R9 53-B 0.85 S6-S6-S6 3R9 53-N 0.60 S0-S0-S0 3R9 63-B.80 S-S-S 3R9 73-B.0 3-phase feeder terminal Feeder terminal block for the line contactor for large unit conductor cross-sections Conductor cross-section: 6 mm, 0 WG S00 3R9 3-3K 0.0 Conductor cross-section: 3 mm, 6 WG S0 3RV9 5-5B 0.0 Conductor cross-section: 50 mm, WG S 3RV phase feeder terminals Conductor cross-section: 95 mm S3 3R9 3-3L phase busbar For in-phase bridging of all input terminals of the unit line contactor (K) S0 3RV9 5-B 0.03 and the delta contactor (K3) S 3RV Link for paralleling, 3-pole (WYE jumpers) 3RT9 6-B3 Baseplates ) ) Without terminal (the links for paralleling can be reduced by one pole) For customer assembly of WYE-delta contactor assemblies with a laterally mounted time-delay S00 ) 3RT9 6-B3 unit 0.00 S0 ) 3RT9 6-B S 3RT9 36-B3 0.0 S3 3RT9 6-B3 0.0 S6 ) 3RT9 56-B3 0.5 S0, S ) 3RT9 66-B3 Side-by-side mounting S S S0 3R9 3-E mm clearance between K3 and K S S S 3R9 3-F 0.8 unit Side-by-side mounting S3 S3 S 3R9 -E mm clearance between K, K3 and K S. S. S. unit S6 S6 S3 3R9 5-E.0 S6 S6 S6 3R9 5-F. S0 S0 S6 3R9 6-E S0 S0 S0 3R9 6-F S S S0 3R9 7-E S S S 3R9 7-F For customer assembly of WYE-delta contactor assemblies with front-mounted time-delay relay 0 mm clearance between K, K3 and K ) Size S00 and S0 installation kits, size S00 and S0 links for paralleling are available in spring-type terminals. Change the last digit of the order number to a. ) When using the function modules for wye-delta starting, the wiring modules for the auxiliary current are not required. See page /5 for more information. S. S. S. unit S S S0 3R9 3-B 0.5 S S S 3R9 3-B 0.5 S3 S3 S 3R9 -B ) lso requires quantity () 3R86-0EW0 function module set for all control functions. See page /5. ) The 3RT9 56-E (S6) or 3RT9 66-E (S0, S) cover can be used for shock-hazard protection. /80

81 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors NEM Enclosure Selection and ordering data * NEM Type Enclosures * Lift off cover * ccepts power control components * Non-reversing contactors * Reversing contactors * Starters with thermal overload relays * Starters with solid-state overload relays pplication The 9EC*B separate enclosures are designed for field assembly of a wide range of Siemens open style control components and field modification kits as listed in the charts below. Note that certain components require the addition of a DIN Rail kit for proper mounting in the enclosure. 9ECEB0705R NEM Enclosures Max. current Contactor Max. current Overload relay Required DIN rail kit NEM Enclosure Non-reversing Reversing Thermal Solid-state Order No. Order No. 3RT0 3RU6 3RB06 MTR5 9ECEB0705R 5 3RT0 5 3RU6 3RB06 MTR5 50 3RT RU36 3RB036 9ECGB0807R 3R3 3RU6 3RB06 MTR5 5 3R3 5 3RU6 3RB06 MTR5 50 3R RU36 3RB RT0 00 3RU6 3RB06 9ECIB008R 95 3R3 00 3RU6 3RB06 ccessories for NEM Enclosures 9SBPB5 ccessory type Description Marking Voltage Order No. Start-stop 9SBPB5 Push button Reset (blue) 9MBRS position Off-on 9SBSB Hand-off-auto 9SBSB Selector switch 3 position For-off-rev 9SBSB High-off-low 9SBSB3 9SBSB Pilot light Lens colors: red, green, amber Legends: ON, RUN, OFF, OL TRIPPED, FORWRD, REVERSE, LOW HIGH V C 0 V C 08, 0, 77 V C 80 V C 600 V C 9SBLBJ 9SBLBF 9SBLBG 9SBLBH 9SBLBE 9SBLBF For 3RT0 contactors, see page /8. For 3R contactors, see pages /37. For thermal overloads, see page 3/0. For solidstate overloads, see pages 3/. For enclosure dimensions, see figures,, and 3 on page 9/50. Product Category: NEM /8

82 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT Contactors Spare parts for 3RT contactors Selection and ordering data For screw, spring-type and ring lug terminal connection 3RT For contactors Rated control supply voltage U s Order No. Weight approx. Size Type 50 Hz 50/60 Hz 60 Hz V V V kg Solenoid coils C operation S0 3RT0 3, 3RT0, 3RT0 5 S0 3RT0 6, 3RT0 7, 3RT0 8 3RT3 5, 3RT3 6, 3RT3 7 3RT5 6 3RT9-5B RT9-5D RT9-5H RT9-5F RT9-5P RT9-5V RT9-5C RT9-5D RT9-5H RT9-5G RT9-5N RT9-5L RT9-5K RT9-5P RT9-5G RT9-5N RT9-5R RT9 6-5B RT9 6-5D RT9 6-5H RT9 6-5F RT9 6-5P RT9 6-5V RT9 6-5C RT9 6-5D RT9 6-5H RT9 6-5G RT9 6-5M RT9 6-5N RT9 6-5L RT9 6-5K RT9 6-5P RT9 6-5G RT9 6-5N RT9 6-5R RT9 6-5Q RT9 6-5U RT9 6-5V RT9 6-5T /8 Product Category: ICE

83 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT Contactors Spare parts for 3RT contactors Selection and ordering data For contactor Rated control supply Screw connection Spring-type connection Weight voltage U s approx. Order No. Order No. Coils C operation 3RT RT RT Size Type S0 3RT0., V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5B0 3RT9-5B RT3., V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5D0 3RT9-5D0 3RT5. 8 V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5H0 3RT9-5H0 0 V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5F0 3RT9-5F0 30 V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5P0 3RT9-5P0 00 V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5V0 3RT9-5V0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5C 3RT9-5C V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5D 3RT9-5D 8 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5H 3RT9-5H 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5G 3RT9-5G 08 v, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5M 3RT9-5M 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5N 3RT9-5N 30 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5L 3RT9-5L 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5K6 3RT9-5K6 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5P6 3RT9-5P6 77 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5U6 3RT9-5U6 80 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5V6 3RT9-5V6 600 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5T6 3RT9-5T6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5G6 3RT9-5G6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5N6 3RT9-5N6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5R6 3RT9-5R6 S 3RT0 33 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 3-5B0 3RT9 3-5B RT0 3 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 3-5D0 3RT9 3-5D0 8 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 3-5H0 3RT9 3-5H0 0 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 3-5F0 3RT9 3-5F0 30 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 3-5P0 3RT9 3-5P0 00 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 3-5V0 3RT9 3-5V0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 3-5D 3RT9 3-5D 8 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 3-5H 3RT9 3-5H V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 3-5C 3RT9 3-5C 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 3-5G 3RT9 3-5G 08 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 3-5M 3RT9 3-5M 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 3-5N 3RT9 3-5N 30 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 3-5L 3RT9 3-5L 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 3-5K6 3RT9 3-5K6 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 3-5P6 3RT9 3-5P6 77 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 3-5U6 3RT9 3-5U6 80 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 3-5V6 3RT9 3-5V6 600 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 3-5T6 3RT9 3-5T6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 3-5G6 3RT9 3-5G6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 3-5N6 3RT9 3-5N6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 3-5R6 3RT9 3-5R6 3RT0 35, V, 50 Hz 3RT9 35-5B0 3RT9 35-5B RT0 36, V, 50 Hz 3RT9 35-5D0 3RT9 35-5D0 3RT3 3., 8 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 35-5H0 3RT9 35-5H0 3RT V, 50 Hz 3RT9 35-5F0 3RT9 35-5F0 30 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 35-5P0 3RT9 35-5P0 00 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 35-5V0 3RT9 35-5V0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 35-5C 3RT9 35-5C V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 35-5D 3RT9 35-5D 8 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 35-5H 3RT9 35-5H 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 35-5G 3RT9 35-5G 08 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 35-5M 3RT9 35-5M 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 35-5N 3RT9 35-5N 30 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 35-5L 3RT9 35-5L 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 35-5K6 3RT9 35-5K6 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 35-5P6 3RT9 35-5P6 77 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 35-5U6 3RT9 35-5U6 80 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 35-5V6 3RT9 35-5V6 600 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 35-5T6 3RT9 35-5T6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 35-5G6 3RT9 35-5G6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 35-5N6 3RT9 35-5N6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 35-5R6 3RT9 35-5R6 kg Product Category: IEC /83

84 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT Contactors Spare parts for 3RT contactors Selection and ordering data For contactor Rated control supply Screw connection Spring-type connection Weight voltage U s approx. Order No. Order No. Coils C operation 3RT RT RT9 5-5P0 Size Type S3 3RT0 V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5B0 3RT9-5B V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5D0 3RT9-5D0 8 V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5H0 3RT9-5H0 0 V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5F0 3RT9-5F0 30 V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5P0 3RT9-5P0 00 V, 50 Hz 3RT9-5V0 3RT9-5V0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5C 3RT9-5C V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5D 3RT9-5D 8 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5H 3RT9-5H 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5G 3RT9-5G 08 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5M 3RT9-5M 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5N 3RT9-5N 30 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9-5L 3RT9-5L 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5K6 3RT9-5K6 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5P6 3RT9-5P6 77 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5U6 3RT9-5U6 80 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5V6 3RT9-5V6 600 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5T6 3RT9-5T6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5G6 3RT9-5G6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5N6 3RT9-5N6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9-5R6 3RT9-5R6 3RT0 5, V, 50 Hz 3RT9 5-5B0 3RT9 5-5B RT0 6, V, 50 Hz 3RT9 5-5D0 3RT9 5-5D0 3RT3., 8 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 5-5H0 3RT9 5-5H0 3RT 6 0 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 5-5F0 3RT9 5-5F0 30 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 5-5P0 3RT9 5-5P0 00 V, 50 Hz 3RT9 5-5V0 3RT9 5-5V0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 5-5C 3RT9 5-5C V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 5-5D 3RT9 5-5D 8 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 5-5H 3RT9 5-5H 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 5-5G 3RT9 5-5G 08 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 5-5M 3RT9 5-5M 0 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 5-5N 3RT9 5-5N 30 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT9 5-5L 3RT9 5-5L 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 5-5K6 3RT9 5-5K6 0 V, 50 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 5-5P6 3RT9 5-5P6 77 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 5-5U6 3RT9 5-5U6 80 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 5-5V6 3RT9 5-5V6 600 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 5-5T6 3RT9 5-5T6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 5-5G6 3RT9 5-5G6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 5-5N6 3RT9 5-5N6 00 V, 50/60 Hz/0 V, 60 Hz 3RT9 5-5R6 3RT9 5-5R6 kg Coils DC operation 3RT9-5BM S 3RT0 3., 3RT3 3., 3RT5 3. S3 3RT0., 3RT3., 3RT. V 3RT9 3-5BB 3RT9 3-5BB V 3RT9 3-5BD 3RT9 3-5BD 8 V 3RT9 3-5BW 3RT9 3-5BW 60 V 3RT9 3-5BE 3RT9 3-5BE 0 V 3RT9 3-5BF 3RT9 3-5BF 5 V 3RT9 3-5BG 3RT9 3-5BG 0 V 3RT9 3-5BM 3RT9 3-5BM 30 V 3RT9 3-5BP 3RT9 3-5BP V 3RT9-5BB 3RT9-5BB 0.96 V 3RT9-5BD 3RT9-5BD 8 V 3RT9-5BW 3RT9-5BW 60 V 3RT9-5BE 3RT9-5BE 0 V 3RT9-5BF 3RT9-5BF 5 V 3RT9-5BG 3RT9-5BG 0 V 3RT9-5BM 3RT9-5BM 30 V 3RT9-5BP 3RT9-5BP /8 Product Category: IEC

85 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT Contactors Spare parts for 3RT contactors Selection and ordering data Withdrawable coils 3RT Withdrawable coils 3RT9 55-5N... For contactor Rated control supply voltage Order No. Weight U s min to U s max approx. Size Type C/DC V kg Conventional operating mechanism S6 3RT0 5, RT9 55-5B RT RT9 55-5D RT9 55-5F RT9 55-5M RT9 55-5P RT9 55-5U RT9 55-5V RT9 55-5R RT9 55-5S RT9 55-5T3 S0 3RT0 6, RT9 65-5B RT RT9 65-5D RT9 65-5F RT9 65-5M RT9 65-5P RT9 65-5U RT9 65-5V RT9 65-5R RT9 65-5S RT9 65-5T3 3RT RT9 66-5B3 Vacuum RT9 66-5D3 contactor RT9 66-5F RT9 66-5M RT9 66-5P RT9 66-5U RT9 66-5V RT9 66-5R RT9 66-5S RT9 66-5T3 S 3RT0 7, RT9 75-5B3. 3RT 7, RT9 75-5D3 3RT RT9 75-5F3 Vacuum contactor RT9 75-5M RT9 75-5P RT9 75-5U RT9 75-5V RT9 75-5R RT9 75-5S RT9 75-5T3 Solid-state operating mechanism for DC V PLC output S6 3RT0 5, RT9 55-5NB RT RT9 55-5NF RT9 55-5NP3 S0 3RT0 6, RT9 65-5NB RT RT9 65-5NF RT9 65-5NP3 3RT 6 Vacuum contactor RT9 66-5NB RT9 66-5NF RT9 66-5NP3 S 3RT0 7, RT9 75-5NB3. 3RT 7, RT9 75-5NF3 3RT 7 Vacuum contactor RT9 75-5NP3 Solid-state operating mechanism for DC V PLC output/plc relay output, with remaining lifetime indication (withdrawable coil with lateral electronics module) S6 3RT0 5, RT9 55-5PF3. 3RT RT9 55-5PP3 S0 3RT0 6, RT9 65-5PF3. 3RT RT9 65-5PP3 S 3RT0 7, RT9 75-5PF3. 3RT RT9 75-5PP3 Product Category: IEC /85

86 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT Contactors Spare parts for 3RT contactors Selection and ordering data rc chutes For contactor Design Order No. Weight approx. Size Type kg Pack. S 3RT0 3. arc chute, 3-pole 3RT unit S3 3RT0., 3RT 6 3RT9 6-7 Contacts with fixing parts S6 3RT0 5 3RT RT0 55 3RT RT0 56 3RT S0 3RT0 6 3RT RT0 65 3RT RT0 66 3RT S 3RT0 75 3RT RT0 76 3RT S6 3RT 56 3RT9 56-7B 0.7 S0 3RT 66 3RT9 66-7B. S 3RT 76 3RT9 76-7B. for contactors with 3 main contacts S 3RT0 33 3RT0 3 3RT0 35 3RT0 36 Main contacts (3 NO) for C-3 utilization category ( set = 3 moving and 6 fixed contacts with fixing parts) 3RT RT RT S3 3RT0 3RT9-6 3RT0 5 3RT RT0 6 3RT9 6-6 S6 3RT0 5 3RT RT0 55 3RT RT0 56 3RT S0 3RT0 6 3RT RT0 65 3RT RT0 66 3RT S 3RT0 75 3RT RT0 76 3RT S3 3RT 6 Main contacts (3 NO) for C- utilization category 3RT9 6-6D ( set = 3 moving and 6 fixed contacts S6 3RT 56 with fixing parts) 3RT9 56-6D 0.8 S0 3RT 66 3RT9 66-6D 0.8 S 3RT 76 3RT9 76-6D 0.9 for 3RT vacuum contactors S0 3RT 6 3 vacuum interrupters 3RT9 6-6V. set 3RT 65 with fixing parts 3RT9 65-6V 3RT 66 3RT9 66-6V S 3RT 75 3RT9 75-6V.5 3RT 76 3RT9 76-6V for contactors with main contacts S S3 3RT3 6 3RT3 3RT3 6 Main contacts ( NO contacts) for utilization category C- ( set = moving and 8 fixed contacts with fixing parts) 3RT9 36-6E 3RT9-6E 3RT9 6-6E set set /86 Product Category: IEC

87 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TB World Series Contactors Rated control supply voltages for coils Selection and ordering data Coil type Rated control supply voltage U s Control supply voltage at 3TY TY TY TY TB50 3TB5 3TB5 3TB56 3TY C.. 3TY C.. Rated control supply voltages (changes to 0th and th positions of the Order No.) C operation Coils for 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz C V C 39 V B0 C 3 V C 8 V C 36 V C V G0 C V C 50 V D0 C 8 V C 58 V H0 C 60 V C 7 V E0 C 0 V C 3 V F0 C 5/7 V C 50/5 V L0 C 30/0 V C 77 V P0 ) C 0 V C 88 V U0 C 00/380 V C 80/60 V V0 ) C 5 V C 500 V R0 C 500 V C 600 V S0 Coils for 50/60 Hz C 0 V... 3 V F7 C 00 V... 0 V M7 C 30 V V P7 ) C 380 V V Q7 C 500 V V S7 3TF68 3TF69 Coil type Rated control supply voltage U s 3TY B.. 3TY6 53-0B.. 3TY6 53-0B.. 3TY B.. 3TB50 3TB5 3TB5 3TB56 3TY D.. 3TY D.. Rated control supply voltages (changes to 0th and th positions of the Order No.) DC operation DC V B B DC 30 V C DC 36 V V DC V D DC 8 V W DC 60 V E DC 0 V F F DC 5 V G G DC 80 V K DC 0 V M M DC 30 V P P 3TF68 3TF69 Due to the mature nature of some product series, supply cannot be guaranteed on all versions listed on this page. ) Coil voltage tolerance at 0 V or 380 V: 0.85 to.5 x U s ; lower tolerance range limit acc. to IEC ) Lower tolerance range limit at 0 V: 0.85 x U s acc. to IEC Product Category: IEC /87

88 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TB World Series Contactors Spare parts Coils, C ) Frame Catalog No Size V C 0V C 08V C 0/0V C 77V C 80V C 600V C 3TB0 3TY703-0C 3TY703-0K6 3TY703-0M 3TY703-0P6 3TY703-0U 3TY703-0V0 3TY703-0S0 3TB7 8 3TY683-0C 3TY683-0K6 3TY683-0M 3TY683-0P6 3TY683-0P0 3TY683-0V0 3TY683-0S0 3TB5 3TY653-0K6 3TY653-0M 3TY653-0P6 3TY653-0P0 3TY653-0V0 3TB56 3TY6566-0P0 3TY6566-0V0 3TY6566-0S0 3TY663-0K6 Coils, DC 3TY683-0BB Frame Catalog No Size V DC V DC V DC 8V DC 0V DC 5V DC 0V DC 3TB0 3 3TY803-0B 3TY803-0BB 3TY803-0BD 3TY803-0BW 3TY803-0BF 3TY803-0BG 3TY803-0BQ 3TB 3TY63-0B 3TY63-0BB 3TY63-0BD 3TY63-0BW 3TY63-0BF 3TY63-0BG 3TY63-0BQ 3TB6 3TY663-0BD 3TY663-0BW 3TY663-0BF 3TY663-0BQ 3TB7 8 3TY683-0BB 3TY683-0BD 3TY683-0BW 3TY683-0BF 3TY683-0BG 3TB50 3TY6503-0BB 3TY6503-0BD 3TY6503-0BW 3TY6503-0BF 3TY6503-0BG 3TY6503-0BQ 3TB5 3TY653-0BB 3TY653-0BD 3TY653-0BF 3TY653-0BG 3TB5 3TY653-0BB 3TY653-0BD 3TY653-0BW 3TY653-0BF 3TY653-0BQ 3TB56 3TY6563-0BB 3TY6563-0BD 3TY6563-0BF 3TY6563-0BG 3TY6563-0BQ 3TB58 obsolete Main Contacts (Includes 3 Moving and 6 Fixed Contacts) ) Frame Size Catalog No 3TY TB0 3 3TB 3TB6 3TB7 3TB8 3TB50 3TB5 3TB5 3TB56 3TB58 Not Replaceable 3TY60-0 3TY TY TY TY TY TY TY TY Select Complete Catalog Number From bove ) Old Number 3TY TY TY TY TY TY New Number 3TY TY TY TY TY TY Coil Voltages Old Number New Number Due to the mature nature of some product series, supply cannot be guaranteed on all versions listed on this page. )Some old 3TB coil catalog numbers have been superceded. Cross to current catalog number from these tables. )Main contact kits for size 3TB7 and larger include springs. Smaller sizes do not. 8 B8 C8 D8 E8 F8 G8 K6 M P6 Q0 S0 C P0 /88 Product Category: IEC

89 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TF World Series Contactors Spare parts Coils, C Type 3TF and CRL F Catalog No Frame V C, 60Hz 0V C, 60Hz 08V C, 60Hz 0V C, 60Hz 77V C, 60Hz 60V C, 60Hz 600V C, 60Hz Size V C, 50Hz 0V C, 50Hz 73V C, 50Hz 0V C, 50Hz 0V C, 50Hz 380V C, 50Hz 500V C, 50Hz 3TF TF0 3 3TY703-0C 3TY703-0K6 3TY703-0M 3TY703-0P6 3TY703-0U 3TY703-0V0 3TY703-0S0 3TY703-0K6 3TF3 35, 3TF 5 3TY73-0C 3TY73-0K6 3TY73-0M 3TY73-0P6 3TY73-0U 3TY73-0V0 3TY73-0S0 3TF6 7 3TY763-0C 3TY763-0K6 3TY763-0M 3TY763-0P6 3TY763-0U 3TY763-0V0 3TY763-0S0 3TF8 9 3TY783-0C 3TY783-0K6 3TY783-0M 3TY783-0P6 3TY783-0U 3TY783-0V0 3TY783-0S0 3TF50 5 3TY7503-0C 3TY7503-0K6 3TY7503-0M 3TY7503-0P6 3TY7503-0U 3TY7503-0V0 3TY7503-0S0 3TF5 53 3TY753-0C 3TY753-0K6 3TY753-0M 3TY753-0P6 3TY753-0U 3TY753-0V0 3TY753-0S0 3TF5 55 3TY753-0C 3TY753-0K6 3TY753-0M 3TY753-0P6 3TY753-0U 3TY753-0V0 3TY753-0S0 3TF56 3TY7563-0C 3TY7563-0K6 3TY7563-0M 3TY7563-0P6 3TY7563-0U 3TY7563-0V0 3TY7563-0S0 3TF57 3TY7573-0CF7 3TY7573-0CM7 3TY7573-0CQ7 3TF68 3TY7683-0CF7 3TY7683-0CM7 3TY7683-0CQ7 3TY7683-0CS7 3TY783-0K6 3TF69 3TY7693-0CF7 3TY7693-0CM7 3TY7693-0CQ7 3TY7693-0CS7 Coils, DC Type 3TF and CRL F Frame Catalog No Size V DC V DC V DC 8V DC 0V DC 5V DC 0V DC DC Solenoid 3TF TF0 3 3TY803-0B 3TY803-0BB 3TY803-0BD 3TY803-0BW 3TY803-0BF 3TY803-0BG 3TY803-0BQ 3TF3 35, 3TF 5 3TY73-0B 3TY73-0BB 3TY73-0BD 3TY73-0BW 3TY73-0BF 3TY73-0BG 3TF6 7 3TY763-0BB 3TY763-0BD 3TY763-0BW 3TY763-0BG 3TY763-0BQ DC Economy Circuit (Replacement coils only. Does not include interlock or interposing relay.) 3TF6 7 3TY763-0DB 3TY763-0DD 3TY763-0DW 3TY763-0DF 3TY763-0DG 3TY763-0DQ 3TF8 9 3TY783-0DD 3TY783-0DW 3TY783-0DF 3TY783-0DG 3TY783-0DQ 3TY803-0BB 3TF50 5 3TY7503-0DB 3TY7503-0DD 3TY7503-0DW 3TY7503-0DF 3TY7503-0DG 3TY7503-0DQ 3TF5 53 3TY753-0DB 3TY753-0DD 3TY753-0DW 3TY753-0DF 3TY753-0DG 3TY753-0DQ 3TF5 55 3TY753-0DD 3TY753-0DW 3TY753-0DF 3TY753-0DG 3TY753-0DQ 3TF56 3TY7563-0DB 3TY7563-0DD 3TY7563-0DW 3TY7563-0DG 3TY7563-0DQ 3TF57 3TY7573-0DB 3TY7573-0DD 3TY7573-0DW 3TY7573-0DF 3TY7573-0DG 3TY7573-0DQ 3TF68 3TY7683-0DB 3TY7683-0DF Main Contacts (Includes 3 Moving and 6 Fixed Contacts) Frame Size Catalog No List Price $ rc Chutes Frame Size Catalog No 3TY TF30 35 Not Replaceable 3TF0 3 Not Replaceable 3TF 3TY70-0 3TF5 3TY TF6 3TY TF7 3TY TF8 3TY TF9 3TY TF50 3TY TF5 3TY TF5 3TY TF53 3TY TF5 3TY TF55 3TY TF56 3TY TF57 3TY TF68 3TY7680-0B ) 3TF69 3TY7690-0B ) 3TY78-0 3TF TF0 3 3TF 3TF5 3TF6 3TF7 3TF8 3TF50 3TF5 3TF5 3TF53 3TF5 3TF55 3TF56 3TF57 3TF68 3TF69 Not Replaceable Not Replaceable 3TY7-0 3TY75-0 3TY76-0 3TY77-0 3TY78-0 3TY TY75-0 3TY75-0 3TY TY75-0 3TY TY TY757-0 Not vailable Not vailable Due to the mature nature of some product series, supply cannot be guaranteed on all versions listed on this page. ) Vacuum bottles with mounting hardware. Product Category: IEC /89

90 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TF Contactors and 3TH Control Relays Spare parts uxiliary Contact Blocks uxiliary Contacts NO/Early NC/Early uxiliary Contact Block Obsolete Current Illustration Frame Size NO NC Make Break Mounting Position Position Location Catalog No Catalog 3TY756-3TF30 to 3TF35, 3TH3 Top 3TX00- Top 3TX00- Top 3TX00- Top 3TX00-3TF0 to 3TF3 Not Replaceable 3TF to 3TF68 3 Left 3TY756-3TY Right 3TY756-B 3TY Right 3TY756-K 3TY756-E00 3TF6 to 3TF68 3 Left 3TY756-K 3TY756-K00 nd ux Contact Block Right 3TY756-L 3TY756K00 3TF6 to 3TF68 3 Left 3TY756-U 3TY756-U00 For Electronic Circuits Right 3TY756-V 3TY756-U00 Mechanical Interlocks Frame Frame Size Catalog No List Price $ Size Catalog No 3TF-3, 3TB TF-5 3TX766-3TX766- rc Chutes 3TY66-0 Frame Type Size Catalog No List Price $ 3TB0 3 3TB 3TB 3TB6. 3TB7 Not Replaceable. 3TB8 3TY68-0 Frame Size 3TB50 3TB5 3TB5 3TB56 3TB58 Catalog No 3TY TY65-0 3TY65-0 3TY656-0 Control Relays, Type 3TH3, 3TH Coils, C Frame Catalog No Type Size V C 0V C 08V C 0/0V C 77V C 80V C 600V C 3TH TH. 3TH0 3 3TY703-0K6 3TY703-0C 3TY703-0K6 3TY703-0M 3TY703-0P6 3TY703-0U 3TY703-0V0 3TY703-0S0 Coils, DC Frame Catalog No Type Size V DC V DC V DC 8V DC 0V DC 5V DC 0V DC 3TH TH.. 3TH0 3 3TY803-0B 3TY803-0BB 3TY803-0BD 3TY803-0BW 3TY803-0BF 3TY803-0BG 3TY803-0BQ uxiliary Contact Blocks ) uxiliary Contacts Frame Normally Open/ Normally Closed/ Type Size NO NC Early Make Late Break Block Location Catalog No 3TH 3TH3 Top 3TX00- Top 3TX00- Top 3TX00- Top 3TX00- Control Relays, Type 3TH8 Coils, C Frame Catalog No List Type Size V C 0V C 08V C 0/0V C 77V C 80V C 600V C Price $ 3TH 3TH TY703-0C 3TY703-0K6 3TY703-0M 3TY703-0P6 3TY703-0U 3TY703-0V0 3TY703-0S0 Coils, DC Frame Catalog No List Type Size V C V C V C 8V C 0V C 5V C 0V C Price $ 3TH 3TH TY803-0B 3TY803-0BB 3TY803-0BD 3TY803-0BW 3TY803-0BF 3TY803-0BG 3TY803-0BQ Due to the mature nature of some product series, supply cannot be guaranteed on all versions listed on this page. ) Maximum blocks per relay. /90 Product Category: ICE

91 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors, 3-pole, sizes S00 to S3 C and DC operation IEC 60 97, EN (VDE 0660), UL 508 Design The 3RT contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are safe from touch to DIN VDE 006 Part 00. The 3RT contactors are available screw, spring-type, or ring lug connections. n auxiliary contact is integrated in the basic unit of size S00 contactors. The basic units of sizes S0 to S3 only contain the main conducting paths. ll the basic units can be extended with auxiliary switch blocks. Cabinet units with NO + NC (terminal designations acc. to EN 50 0) are available as of size S0; the auxiliary switch block is removable. The size S3 contactors have removable box terminals for the main conductor connections. Ring cable lugs or bars can thus also be connected. Contact reliability If voltages 0 V and currents 00 m are to be switched, the auxiliary contacts of 3RT contactors and 3RH contactor relays should be used to ensure good contact stability. These auxiliary contacts are suitable for electronic circuits with currents m at a voltage of 7 V. Short-circuit protection of contactors For the short-circuit protection of contactors without an overload relay, see the technical data. For the short-circuit protection of contactors with an overload relay, see section 3. Motor protection 3RU overload relays can be mounted onto the 3RT contactors for protection against overloads. The overload relays must be ordered separately (see section 3). Surge suppression The 3RT contactors can be retrofitted with RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies (combination of an interference suppression diode and a Zener diode for short tripping times) for suppressing opening surges in the coil. The surge suppressors are plugged onto the front of size S00 contactors. Space is provided for them next to a snapon auxiliary switch block. With all size S0 to S3 contactors, varistors and RC elements can be plugged on directly at the coil terminals, either on the top or underneath. Diode assemblies are available in two different designs with different polarities. Depending on the application, they can be attached either only on the bottom (assembly with circuitbreaker) or only on the top (assembly with overload relay). The plug-in direction of the diodes and diode assemblies is determined by a coding device. Exceptions: 3RT9 6-E.00 and 3RT9 36-T.00; in these cases the plug-in direction is identified by "+" and " ". Coupling relays are supplied either without surge suppression or with a varistor or diode connected as standard, according to the design. Note The opening times of the NO contacts and the closing times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are protected against voltage peaks (interference suppression diode 6 to 0 times; diode assemblies to 6 times; varistor + ms to 5 ms). 3RT0. contactors (size S00), Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 0 or DIN Contactors, EN 500, aux. contact Ident. No. 0E ux. switch blocks, EN 500,, 3 or contacts Ident. No. 3E, 3E, E, E Contactors, EN 500 5, or aux. contacts Ident. No. 3E, 3E, E, E NSB0_006a uxiliary switch blocks Ident. No. 0 The 3RT basic units can be extended with various auxiliary switch blocks, depending on the application: Size S00 (3RT0) Contactors with one NO contact as the auxiliary contact and with either screw or spring-type connections, identification number 0E, can be extended to obtain contactors with, or 5 auxiliary contacts in accordance with EN 50 0 using auxiliary switch blocks. The identification numbers E, E, 3E and 3E on the auxiliary switch blocks apply to the complete contactors. These auxiliary switch blocks cannot be combined with contactors that have an NC contact in their basic unit, identification number 0, as these are coded. ll size S00 contactors with one auxiliary contact, identification number 0E or 0, and the contactors with main contacts can be extended to obtain contactors with 3 or 5 auxiliary contacts (contactors with main contacts: or auxiliary contacts) according to EN using auxiliary switch blocks ux. switch blocks, EN 50005, or contacts Ident. No. 0, 3,, 0,, 0, 03, 0 Contactors, EN 50005, 5 or 3 aux. contacts Ident. No. 0, 3,, 0,, 0, 03, 0 with identification numbers 0 to 0. The identification numbers on the auxiliary switch blocks apply only to the attached auxiliary contacts. Single or -pole auxiliary switch blocks that can be connected on either the top or the bottom facilitate quick, straightforward wiring, especially when assembling feeders. These auxiliary switch blocks are only available with screw-type terminals. The solid-state compatible 3RH9 -NF.. auxiliary switch blocks for size S00 contactors contain two enclosed contact elements. They are ideal for switching low voltages and currents (hard gold-plated contacts) or for use in dusty atmosphere. The contacts do not have positively-driven operation. ll the above-mentioned auxiliary switch variants can be snapped into the location holes on the front of the contactors. The auxiliary switch block has a centrally positioned release lever for disassembly. /9

92 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT/ contactors, 3-pole, sizes S00 to S3 3RT0. to 3RT0. contactors (sizes S0 to S3), single-pole auxiliary switch blocks, terminal designations acc. to EN or EN RT0. to 3RT0. contactors (sizes S0 to S3), single-pole auxiliary switch blocks, terminal designations acc. to EN or EN NO NC Sizes S0 to S3 (3RT0 to 3RT0) n extensive range of auxiliary switch blocks is available for various applications. The contactors themselves do not have an integrated auxiliary conducting path. The auxiliary switch variants are identical for all size S0 to S3 contactors. One -pole or up to four singlepole auxiliary switch blocks (with screw or spring-type connections) can be snapped onto the front of the contactors. When the contactors are energized, the NC contacts open before the NO contacts close. The terminal designations of the single-pole auxiliary switch blocks consist of location digits on the basic unit and function digits on the auxiliary switch blocks. In addition, -pole auxiliary switch blocks (screw-type terminals) are provided for cable entries from above or below in the style of a four-connector block (feeder auxiliary switch). If the available installation depth is restricted, -pole auxiliary switch blocks (screw or spring-type connections) can be mounted laterally on the left or right. The auxiliary switch blocks designed for mounting onto the front can be disassembled with the aid of a centrally positioned release lever; the laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks can be removed easily by pressing on the fluted grips. The terminal designations of the individual auxiliary switch blocks comply with EN or EN 50 0, while those of the complete contactors with an auxiliary switch block with NO + NC comply with EN The laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks to EN 50 0 can only be used if no -pole auxiliary switch blocks are snapped onto the front. If single-pole auxiliary switch blocks are used in addition, the location digits on the contactor must be noted. Two enclosed contact elements and two standard contact elements are available for the 3RH9 -.FE solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block mountable on the front. The laterally mountable 3RH9 -DE solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block contains enclosed contact elements ( NO + NC). The enclosed contact elements are ideal for switching low voltages and currents (hard goldplated contacts) or for use in a dusty atmosphere. The contacts are positively driven. Sizes S0 and S (3RT0 and 3RT03) Up to four auxiliary contacts can be mounted, whereby any design of the auxiliary switch blocks is permitted. If two - pole, laterally mounted, auxiliary switch blocks are used, one must be mounted on the left and one on the right for the sake of symmetry. Under certain circumstances, more auxiliary contacts are allowed for size S (please ask for details). With regard to 3RT3/3 and 3RT5/5 -pole contactors, please refer to pages / to /. Sizes S3 to S (3RT0 to 3RT07) Up to eight auxiliary contacts can be mounted, whereby the following points must be noted: Of these eight auxiliary contacts, no more than four must be NC contacts. If laterally mounted auxiliary switch blocks are used, they must be symmetrical. With regard to 3RT3 and 3RT5 -pole contactors, please refer to pages / to /3. /9

93 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors, 3-pole, sizes S6 to S Overview Design 3RT0 contactors for switching motors 3RT vacuum contactors for switching motors 3RT contactors for C- applications Operating mechanism Two types of solenoid-operated mechanism are available: Conventional operating mechanism Solid-state operating mechanism (with 3 performance levels) UC operation The contactors can be C (0 to 60 Hz) and DC driven. Contactors with conventional operating mechanism 3RT...-.: The magnetic coil is switched on and off directly with the control supply voltage U s via terminals /. Multi-voltage range for the control supply voltage U s : Several closely adjacent control supply voltages, available around the world, are covered by just one coil, for example UC V or UC V. Contactors with solid-state operating mechanism The power required for reliable switching and holding is supplied selectively to the magnetic coil by series-connected control electronics. Features: Extended voltage range for the control supply voltage U s : Compared with the conventional operating mechanism, the solid-state operating mechanism covers an even broader range of globally available control supply voltages within one coil variant. For example, the globally available voltages V are covered with the coil for UC 00 to 77 V (U s min to U s max ). Extended coil voltage tolerance 0.7 to.5 U s : On account of the broad range for the rated control supply voltage and the additionally allowed coil voltage tolerance of 0.8 U s min to. U s max, an extended coil voltage tolerance of at least 0.7 to.5 U s, within which the contactors will operate reliably, is available for the most common control supply voltages of, 0 and 30 V. Bridging short-time voltage dips: Control voltage failures dipping to 0 V (at /) are bridged for up to approx. 5 ms, therefore preventing unintentional disconnection. Withdrawable coils To allow easy coil changing, for example if the application is changed, the magnetic coil can be pulled out upwards without tools after the release mechanism has been actuated, and can be replaced by any other required coil of the same size. In addition, allowance is also made for a coil voltage tolerance of 0.8 times the lower rated control supply voltage (U s min ) and. times the upper rated control supply voltage (U s max ), within which the Defined ON and OFF thresholds: s of voltages 0.8 U s min, the electronics reliably switch the contactor on and as of 0.5 U s min it is reliably switched off. The differential travel in the switching thresholds prevents chattering of the main contacts and hence increased wear or welding when operated in weak, unstable networks. Similarly, thermal overloading of the contactor coil is prevented if the voltage applied is too low the contactor is not switched on and is operated with overexcitation. Low control power consumption when closing and in closed state. uxiliary contact complement The contactors can be equipped with a maximum of 8 auxiliary contacts, with identical auxiliary switch blocks from S0 to S. Of these, no more than are permitted to be NC contacts. 3RT0 and 3RT contactors: auxiliary contacts mounted laterally and on front 3RT vacuum contactors: auxiliary contact mounted laterally contactor switches reliably and no thermal overloading occurs. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) The contactors with solid-state operating mechanism conform to the requirements for operation in industrial plants. Noise immunity Burst (IEC ): kv Surge (IEC ): kv Electrostatic discharge, ESD (IEC ): 8/5 kv Electromagnetic field (IEC ): 0 V/m Emitted interference Limiting value class to EN 55 0 Note: In connection with converters, the control cables should be installed separately from the load cables to the converter. 3RT...-.N: for DC V PLC output control options: Control without an interface directly via a DC V / 30 m PLC output (EN 6 3- ). Connection via a -pole plug-in connection; the connector, using screwless spring-force technology, is included in the scope of supply. The control supply voltage for supplying power to the solenoid operating mechanism must be connected to /. Note: Before start-up, the slidingdolly switch for PLC operation must be moved to the "PLC ON" position (setting ex works: "PLC OFF"). Sliding-dolly switch, must be in PLC "ON" position Plug-in connection, -pole Conventional control by applying the control supply voltage at / via a switching contact. Note: The sliding-dolly switch must be in the "PLC OFF" position (= setting ex works). $ Sliding-dolly switch, must be in PLC "OFF" position /93

94 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors, 3-pole, sizes S6 to S Overview Contactors with solid-state operating mechanism 3RT...-.P: for DC V PLC output or PLC relay output, with indication of remaining lifetime (Indication of remaining lifetime RLT: see /69.) The remaining lifetime RLT status signal is available at terminals R/R via a floating relay contact (hard goldplated, enclosed) and can be processed for example via SIMOCODE-DP or PLC inputs or elsewhere. Permissible current carrying capacity of relay output R/ R: I e /C-5/ to 30 V: 3 I e /DC-3/ V: control options: Contactor control without an interface directly via a DC V / 30 m PLC output (EN 6 3-) via terminals IN+/IN-. Contactor control via relay outputs, e.g. by PLC SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5 via terminals H/H. Contact loading: U s /approx. 5 m. When operated via SIMO- CODE-DP, a communication link to PROFIBUS-DP is also provided. LED indicators The following statuses are indicated by LEDs on the laterally mounted electronics module: Contactor ON (energized state): Green LED ("ON") Indication of remaining lifetime (see /69) To supply power to the solenoid operating mechanism and the remaining lifetime indication, the control supply voltage U s must be run to terminals / of the laterally mounted electronics module. The control inputs of the contactor are brought out to a 7-pole plug-in connection; the connector, using screwless spring-force technology, is included in the scope of supply. Electronics module of 3RT...-.P contactor Plug-in connection, 7-pole S Changeover switch from automatic control via PLC semiconductor output to local control S Local control option Possibility of switching from automatic control to local control via terminals H/H, i.e. automatic control via a PLC or SIMOCODE- DP/PROFIBUS-DP can be deactivated, for example during start-up or in the event of a fault, and the contactor can be controlled manually. Electronics module of 3RT...-.P contactor Plug-in connection, 7-pole S Changeover switch from automatic control, e.g. via SIMOCODE-DP or PLC relay output to local control S Local control option 3RT vacuum contactors In contrast with the 3RT0 contactors the main contacts operate in air under atmospheric conditions the contact gaps of the 3RT vacuum contactors are contained in hermetically enclosed vacuum contact tubes. Neither arcs nor arcing gases are produced. The particular benefit of 3RT vacuum contactors, however, is that their electrical endurance is at least twice as long as that of 3RT0 contactors. They are therefore particularly well suited to frequent switching in jogging/mixed operation, for example in crane control systems. dvantages: Very long electrical endurance High short-time current-carrying capacity for heavy starting No open arcs, no arcing gases, i.e. no minimum clearances from earthed parts required either Longer maintenance intervals Increased plant availability Notes on operation: Switching motors with rated operational voltages U e > 500 V: In order to damp overvoltages and protect the motor winding insulation against multiple reignition when switching off three-phase motors, it is recommended to fit the contactors on the outgoing side (T/T/T3) with the 3RT9 66-PV. surge suppression module RC varistor (accessory). This additional equipment is not required for operation in circuits with converters. It might be damaged by the voltage peaks and harmonics generated. Switching DC voltage: Vacuum contactors are basically unsuitable for switching DC voltage. /9

95 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors Contactor assemblies for WYE-delta starting pplication WYE-delta starting can only be used either if the motor normally operates in a d (delta) connection or starts softly or if the load torque during * starting is low and does not increase sharply. On the *step the motors can carry approximately 50% (class KL 6) or 30 % (class KL 0) of their rated torque; the starting torque is approximately / 3 of that during direct on-line starting. The starting current is approximately to.7 times the rated motor current. The changeover from * to d must not be effected until the motor has run up to rated speed. Drives which require this changeover to be performed earlier are unsuitable for WYEdelta starting. The ratings given in the above table are only applicable to motors with a starting current ratio of I 8. I N and using either a 3RT9 6-G or 3RT9 6-G solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block with a WYE-delta function or a 3RP57 WYEdelta time-delay relay with a dead interval of approximately 50 ms on reversing. For the circuit diagrams for the main and control circuits, see page /6. The size selected for the installation kits for WYEdelta starting is determined by the line contactor. Design Components for customer assembly Installation kits with wiring connectors and, if necessary, mechanical connectors are available for contactor assemblies for WYE-delta starting. Contactors, overload relays, star-delta time-delay relays and auxiliary switches for the electrical interlock if required also feeder terminals, mechanical interlocks ) and baseplates must be ordered separately. The wiring installation kits for sizes S00 and S0 contain the top and bottom main conducting path connections between the line and delta contactors (top) and between the delta and WYE contactors (bottom). In the case of sizes S to S only the bottom main conducting path connection between the delta and WYE contactors is included in the wiring connector, owing to the larger conductor cross-section at the infeed. Motor protection Overload relays or thermistor motor protection tripping units can be used for overload protection. The overload relay can be either mounted onto the line contactor or separately fitted. It must be set to 0.58 times the rated motor current. Surge suppression Sizes S00 to S3 ll contactor assemblies can be fitted with RC elements, varistors or diode assemblies for damping opening surges in the coil. s with the individual contactors, the surge suppressors can either be plugged onto the top of the contactors (S00) or fitted onto the coil terminals on the top or bottom (S0 to S3). Sizes S6 to S The contactors are fitted with varistors as standard. ) Exception: The mechanical interlock between the delta and WYE contactors is included in the installation kit for size S00 contactor assemblies. /95

96 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors Contactor assemblies for WYE-delta starting Overview The contactor assemblies for star-delta starting can be ordered as follows: Sizes S00-S0 as assemblies. (see pages /7-/8) Sizes S-S as components for customer assembly Calculated horsepower ratings at 60 V C Operat. current I e HP Motor current Size Line/delta contactor ccessories for customer assembly WYE contactor Time-delay relay Installation kit double infeed S-S-S0 3RT0 3 3RT0 6 3RP5 7-N.30 3R9 33-C 3 ) RT S-S-S 3RT0 3 3R9 33-B 3 ) RT S3-S3-S 3RT0 3RT0 35 3RP5 7-N.30 3R9 3-C 3 ) RT0 5 3RT S6-S6-S3 3RT0 5 3RT0 3RP5 7-N RT0 55 3RT RT0 56 3RT S0-S0-S6 3RT0 6 3RT0 5 3RP5 7-N RT0 65 3RT S-S-S0 3RT0 75 3RT0 6 3RP5 7-N RT RT0 76 3RT0 66 For accessories, see see page /80. /50. For circuit diagrams, see see page page /87. /6. ) The installation kit contains mechanical interlock; 3 connecting clips; wiring connectors on the top (connection between line contactor and delta contactor) and the bottom (connection between delta contactor and star contactor); WYE jumper. ) The installation kit contains 5 connecting clips; wiring connectors on the top (connection between line contactor and delta contactor) and the bottom (connection between delta contactor and WYE contactor); star jumper. /96

97 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors Contactor assemblies for WYE-delta starting Overload relay, thermal Overload relay, solid-state Installation kit B for single infeed WYE jumper Baseplates Range of overload relay, thermal [] Order No. overload relay, thermal Range of overload relay, solid-state [] Order No. overload relay, solid-state 3R9 33-3D ) 3RT9 6-B3 3R9 3-E RU 36-HB RU 36-JB RB0 36-QB RU 36-KB RU 36-B RU 36-BB RU 36-DB RU 36-EB RB0 36-UB RU 36-FB0 3RT9 36-B3 3R9 3-F RU 36-GB RU 36-HB0 3R9 3-3D ) 3RT9 36-B3 3R9 -E RU 6-DB RB0 6-UB RU 6-EB RU 6-FB RU 6-HB RU 6-JB RB0 6-EB RU 6-KB RU 6-LB0 3R9 53-3D 5 ) 3RT9 6-B3 3R9 5-E RB0 56-FG0 3) Installation kit contains wiring connector on the bottom (connection between delta contactor and WYE contactor) and WYE jumper. ) Wiring connector on top from reversing contactor assembly (note conductor cross-sections). 5) mechanical interlock adapter, 3R95-C, is required to use the standard 3R95- mechanical interlock for the C version of the S6-S6-S3 WYE-Delta starter. The S6-S6-S3 WYE-Delta DC version would require a special custom build spacer, which is not manufactured, to allow the mechanical interlock to operate. 6) Only use wiring connector on the top from reversing contactor assembly (note conductor cross-sections); order WYE jumper in addition. /97

98 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors Contactor assemblies for WYE-delta starting Selection and ordering data Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S00-S00-S00 Up to The figure shows the version with screw terminals NSB0_0066a Mountable accessories Individual parts Order No. Page ) Use version with NO. ) Use version with NC. 3) Part 6 can only be mounted with contactors with screw terminal. Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Individual parts 7 Order No. Q ) Q3 ) Q ) 6 Three-phase feeder terminal 3) 3R9 3-3K /80 3 Contactor, 5.5 3RT0 5 3RT0 5 3RT0 5 3 Contactor, 7.5 3RT0 7 3RT0 7 3RT0 5 3 Contactor, 3RT0 8 3RT0 8 3RT ssembly kit comprising 3R9 3-BB Mechanical interlock Page /8 /8 /8 /80 5 connecting clips 6 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main current paths Function modules 3R8 6-0EW0 /7 for wye-delta starting Note: When the function modules for contactor assemblies for wyedelta starting are used, no other auxiliary switches are allowed to be mounted on the basic units. /98

99 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors Contactor assemblies for WYE-delta starting Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S0-S0-S0 Up to The figure shows the version with screw terminals NSB0_0067b 6 Mountable accessories Individual parts 6 7 Order No. Page ) The parts 6 and 7 can only be mounted with contactors with screw terminal. Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Individual parts Order No. Q Q3 Q Three-phase feeder terminal ) 3RV9 5-5B 3/3 /80 3 Contactor, 3RT0 3RT0 3RT0 3/0 /8 Three-phase busbar ) 3RV9 5-B 3/3 /8 3 Contactors, 5/8.5 3RT0 6 3RT0 6 3RT0 3/0 /8 3 Contactor, 3RT0 7 3RT0 7 3RT0 6 3/0 /8 5 6 ssembly kit 3R9 3-BB 3/3 /80 The assembly kit contains: 5 6 Mechanical interlock Connecting clips Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main current paths 7 Page Function modules 3R8 6-0EW0 3/ /7 for wye-delta starting Note: When the function modules for contactor assemblies for wyedelta starting are used, no other auxiliary switches are allowed to be mounted on the basic units. /99

100 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors Contactor assemblies for WYE-delta starting Selection and ordering data Size S-S-S0 up to 65, 30 HP Components to be ordered separately: The connecting leads are not shown. ccessory Order No. Page Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable, depth must be adapted K3:.5 mm; K: 0 mm 3R9 -B Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block, mountable on the front 3RT9 6-G... uxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 3RH9 -E.. Surge suppressor 3RT RT phase feeder terminal 3RV phase busbar 3RV9 35- /77 /69 /67 /7 /7 /80 /8 Push-in lug ) for time-delay relay for screw mounting 3RP9 03 Sec. Components Order No. Page K K3 K 3 Contactors, 50/60, 30 HP 3RT0 3 3RT0 3 3RT0 6 /8 8 Time-delay relay, laterally mountable 3RP5 7-N.30 Sec. 9 uxiliary switch block with one unassigned NO contact 3RH9 -C0 /66 0 uxiliary switch block for local control units 3RH9 -C0 3 units 3RH9 -C0 /66 Baseplate 3R9 3-E /80 6 Installation kit 3R9 33-C /80 The installation kit contains the WYE jumper on the top and the wiring jumper on the bottom for connecting the main conducting paths. For overview, see page /95. For circuit diagrams, see page /87. ) Not included in scope of supply of complete contactor assemblies; available as accessory. ) Possible in principle. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is mounted onto the front of K3, an ordinary auxiliary switch block can only be mounted onto the side. /00

101 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors Contactor assemblies for WYE-delta starting Selection and ordering data Size S-S-S up to 86, 60 HP Components to be ordered separately: The connecting leads are not shown. ccessory Order No. Page 7 Mechanical interlock, lateral3r9 -B Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block, mountable on the front 3RT9 6-G... Mechanical interlock, mountable on the front 3R9-5 uxiliary switch block, lateral 3RH9 -E.. 6 Surge suppressor 3RT RT phase feeder terminal 3RV phase busbar 3RV Push-in lug ) for time-delay relay for screw mounting 3RP9 03 /77 /69 /67 /67 /7 /7 /80 /8 Sec. Components Order No. Page K K3 K 3 Contactors, 80, 50 HP 3RT0 35 3RT0 35 3RT0 3 /8 3 Contactors, 86, 60 HP 3RT0 36 3RT0 36 3RT0 3 /8 8 Time-delay relay, lateral 3RP5 7-N.30 Sec. 9 uxiliary switch block with one unassigned NO contact 3RH9 -C0 /66 0 uxiliary switch block for local control units 3RH9 -C0 3 units 3RH9 -C0 /66 Baseplate 3R9 3-F /80 6 Installation kit 3R9 33-B /80 The installation kit contains the WYE jumper on top and the wiring jumper on bottom for connecting the main conducting paths. For overview, see page /95. For circuit diagrams, see page /87. ) Not included in scope of supply of complete contactor assemblies; available as accessory. ) Possible in principle. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be mounted onto the side. /0

102 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors Contactor assemblies for WYE-delta starting Selection and ordering data Size S3-S3-S up to 50, 00 HP Components to be ordered separately: The connecting leads are not shown. ccessory Order No. Page Mechanical interlock, lateral, depth must be adapted K3: 0 mm; K: 7.5 mm 3R9 -B Solid-state time-delay auxilary switch block, mountable on the front 3RT9 6-G... uxiliary switch block, lateral3rh9 -E.. Surge suppressor 3RT Push-in lug ) for time-delay relay for screw mounting 3RP9 03 For overview, see page /95. For circuit diagrams, see page /87. /77 /69 /67 /7 Sec. Components Order No. Page K K3 K 3 Contactors, 5, 75 HP 3RT0 3RT0 3RT0 35 /8 3 Contactors, 50, 00 HP 3RT0 5 3RT0 5 3RT0 36 /8 8 Time-delay relay, lateral 3RP5 7-N.30 Sec. 9 uxiliary switch block with one unassigned NO contact 3RH9 -C0 /66 0 uxiliary switch block for local control units 3RH9 -C0 3 units 3RH9 -C0 /66 Baseplate 3R9 -E /80 6 Installation kit 3R9 3-C /80 The installation kit contains the WYE jumper on the top and the wiring jumper on the bottom for connecting the main conducting ) Not included in scope of supply of the complete contactor assemblies; available as an accessory. ) Possible in principle.if a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be /0 mounted onto the side.

103 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Control Relays, Coupling Relays 3RH control relays, size S00 with or 8 contacts C and DC operation IEC 6097, EN The 3RH contactor relays have screw, ring lug terminal or spring-type terminals. Four contacts are available in the basic unit. The 3RH contactor relays are suitable for use in any climate. They are finger-safe according to EN 507. The devices with ring lug terminal connection comply with degree of protection IP0 when fitted with the related terminal cover. Contact reliability High contact stability at low voltages and currents, suitable for solid-state circuits with currents m at a voltage of 7 V. Surge suppression RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies (combination of a diode and a Zener diode) can be plugged onto all contactor relays from the front for damping opening surges in the coil. The plug-in direction is determined by a coding device. Note: The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 0 times; diode assemblies to 6 times, varistor + to 5 ms). uxiliary switch blocks The 3RH contactor relays can be expanded by up to four contacts by the addition of snap-on auxiliary switch blocks. The auxiliary switch block can easily be snapped onto the front of the contactors. The auxiliary switch block has a centrally positioned release lever for disassembly. The contactor relays with contacts according to EN 500, with the identification number 0E, can be extended with 80E to E auxiliary switch blocks to obtain contactor relays with 8 contacts according to EN 500. The identification numbers 80E to E on the auxiliary switch blocks apply to the complete contactors. These auxiliary switch blocks (3RH9 G..) cannot be combined with contactor relays with identification numbers 3E and E; they are coded. ll contactor relays with contacts according to EN 500, identification numbers 0E to E, can be extended with auxiliary switch blocks 0 to 0 to obtain contactor relays with 6 or 8 contacts in accordance with EN The identification numbers on the auxiliary switch blocks apply only to the attached auxiliary switch blocks. In addition, fully mounted 3RH 8-pole contactor relays are available; the mounted -pole auxiliary switch block in the nd tier is not removable. The terminal designations are according to EN 500. These versions are built according to special Swiss regulations SUV and are distinguished externally by a red labeling plate. Of the auxiliary contacts (integrated plus mountable) possible on the device, no more than four NC contacts are permitted. Contactor relay, EN 50 0, contacts Ident. No. 0E ux. switch blocks, EN 50 0, contacts Ident. No. 80E, 7E, 6E, 53E, E Contactor relay, EN contacts Ident. No. 80E, 7E, 6E, 53E, E NSB0_005 Ident. No. 3E, E ux. switch blocks, EN , or contacts Ident. No. 0, 3,, 0,, 0 Contactor Hilfsschütze relay, EN DIN 50 EN50 005, 005, 88 or oder 6 contacts 6 Kontakte 3RH latched control relays, size S00 pplication C and DC operation IEC 60 97, EN (VDE 0660) The terminal designations comply with EN The relay coil and the coil of the release solenoid are both designed for continuous duty. The number of auxiliary contacts can be extended by means of auxiliary switch blocks (up to poles). RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies can be plugged onto both coils from the front for damping opening surges. The control relay can also be switched on and released manually. /03

104 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors, 3-pole Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Design Surge suppression EN (VDE 0660 Part 0). The 3TF contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are safe from touch according to DIN VDE 006 Part 00. Terminal covers (see accessories) may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depending on the configuration with other devices. Main contacts Contact erosion indication with 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors The contact erosion of the vacuum interrupters can be monitored in the closed position by means of three white double slides on the contactor base. The vacuum interrupter must be replaced if the distance indicated by one of the double slides is less than 0.5 mm while the contactor is in the closed position. It is advisable to replace all three interrupters in order to ensure maximum reliability. uxiliary contacts The terminal designations comply with EN When the contactors are energized, the NC contacts open before the NO contacts close. Contact reliability The auxiliary contacts are extremely reliable and as such are suitable for electronic circuits with currents m, at voltages greater than 7 V. Control circuit Protection of the coil circuits against surges: C operation fitted with varistors as standard. DC operation Retrofitting options: varistors. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) 3TF68/69..-.C contactors for C operation are equipped with an electronically controlled solenoid mechanism with a high level of immunity to interference (see table opposite). Note: In operation in installations where it is not possible to observe the emitted interference limits, e.g. as an output contactor in static frequency changers, use of 3TF68/69..-.Q contactors (NS E catalogue, available in German) is recommended, without a main conductor path circuit (for further information refer also to the description below). Contactor Type 3TF68 -.C.., 3TF69 -.C.. Rated control supply voltage U s 0 V... 3 V Burst Surge 00 V V Burst Surge 380 V V Burst Surge Overvoltage type (IEC 60 80) Severity to IEC Surge strength kv 6 kv kv 5 kv kv 6 kv Circuit of the main conducting paths n integrated RC varistor circuit in the main conducting paths of the contactors damps the rate of rise of switching overvoltages to uncritical values. Multiple restriking of the switching arcs is thereby prevented. The operator of an installation can thus assume that the danger to the motor winding arising from switching overvoltages with a high rate of rise is ruled out. The contactors can therefore be used without reservation for all C switching applications, including three-phase motors with the demanding C- utilization category. Important note The surge suppression circuit is not necessary when 3TF68/69 contactors are used in circuits with e.g. d.c. choppers, frequency converters or variablespeed drives. It might be damaged by the voltage peaks and harmonics generated. This may also cause phase-to-phase short-circuits in the contactors. Remedy: Order the special contactor design without surge suppression. In this case the Order No. must be supplemented with "-Z" and the order code "0". No additional charge is made. Short-circuit protection of contactors For assembling fuseless load feeders, please select a circuitbreaker/contactor combination according to the brochure entitled "Verbraucherabzweige in sicherungsloser Bauweise", Order No. E000-P85-76 (available in German only). /0

105 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT / 3RH Contactors Solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch box The timer module, which is available in "ON-delay" and "OFF-delay" designs, allows time-delayed functions up to 00 s (3 distinct delay ranges). It contains a relay with one NO contact and one NC contact; the relay is switched either after an ON-delay or after an OFFdelay. The timer module with a WYE- DELT function is equipped with one delayed and one instantaneous NO contact, with an interval time of 50 ms between the two (see diagram). The delay time of the NO contact can be set between.5 s and 30 s. WYE-delta function The contactor on which the solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block is mounted operates without a delay. Size S00 (3RT0) The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block is fitted onto the front of the contactor. The timer module is supplied with power directly by plug-in contacts via the coil terminals of the contactor, in parallel with /. The time function is activated by closing the contactor on which the auxiliary switch block is mounted. The OFFdelay variant operates without an auxiliary power supply. Minimum ON period: 00 ms. varistor is integrated in the timer module for damping opening surges in the contactor coil. The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block cannot be mounted on size S00 coupling relays. Sizes S0 to S (3RT0 to 3RT07) The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block is fitted onto the front of the contactor. The timer module is supplied with power via two terminals (/); the time delay of the auxiliary switch block can be activated either by a parallel link to any contactor coil or by any power source. The OFF-delay variant operates without an auxiliary power supply. Minimum ON period: 00 ms. single-pole auxiliary switch block can be snapped onto the front of the contactor in addition to the timer module. The timer module has no integrated components for damping opening surges. Solid-state time-delay block with semiconductor output The timer module, which is available in "ON-delay" and "OFF-delay" with auxiliary power supply designs, allows time-delayed functions up to 00 s (3 distinct delay ranges). Contactors fitted with a timedelay block close or open after a delay according to the set time. The ON-delay variant of the time-delay relay is connected in series with the contactor coil; terminal of this coil must not be connected. With the OFF-delay variant of the time-delay relay, the contactor coil is contacted directly via the relay; terminals and of the coil must not be connected. The time-delay relays are suitable for both C and DC operation. Size S00 (3RT0) The variant for size S00 contactors is fitted onto the front of the contactor (with the supply voltage switched off) and then slid into its latched position; at the same time, the time-delay relay is connected by means of plugin contacts to coil terminals and of the contactor. ny contactor coil terminals which are not required are sealed off by means of covers on the enclosure of the time-delay block, to prevent them from being connected inadvertently (for circuit diagrams, see page /9). varistor is integrated in the timer module for damping opening surges in the contactor coil. The solid-state, time-delay block cannot be mounted on size S00 coupling relays. Sizes S0 to S3 (3RT0 to 3RT07) The time-delay block for size S0 to S3 contactors is plugged into coil terminals and on top of each contactor; the timedelay relay is connected both electrically and mechanically by means of pins. varistor is integrated in the timer module for damping opening surges in the contactor coil. Configuration note ctivation of loads parallel to the start input is not permitted with C operation (see #). The 3RT9 6-D.../3RT9 6- D... time-delay blocks with an OFF delay have a voltage-carrying start input B. This means that if there is a parallel load on terminal B, activation can be simulated with C voltage. In this case, the additional load (e. g. contactor K3) must be wired as shown in $. # $ Time-delay block Contactor /05

106 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT / 3RH Contactors 3-phase EMC interference suppression module for size S00 contactor so-called backr-e.m.f. (electromotive force) is produced when motors or various inductive loads are turned off. Voltage peaks of up to 000 V may occur as a result, with a frequency spectrum from khz to 0 MHz and a rate of voltage variation from 0. to 0 V/ns. Capacitive input to various analog and digital signals makes it necessary to suppress interference in the load circuit. The connection between the main conducting path and the EMC interference suppression module enables contact arcing, which is responsible for contact erosion and the majority of clicking noises, to be reduced; this in turn is conducive to an electromagnetically compatible design. Since the EMC interference suppression module achieves a significant reduction in radiofrequency components and the voltage level in three phases, the contact endurance is also improved considerably. This makes an important contribution towards enhancing the reliability and availability of the system as a whole. There is no need for fine graduations within each performance class, as smaller motors inherently have a higher inductance, so that one solution for all fixed-speed drives up to 7.5 HP is adequate. Two electrical variants are available: The advantages of the RC circuit lie mainly in the reduction in the rate of rise and in its RF damping ability. The selected values ensure effective interference suppression over a wide range. The varistor circuit is able to absorb high energy levels and is also suitable for frequencies from 0 to 00 Hz (variablespeed drives). There is no limiting below the knee-point voltage, however. OFF-delay device for size S00 to S3 contactors C and DC operation IEC 60 97, EN For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail. The OFF-delay devices have screw connections. pplication The OFF-delay device prevents a contactor from dropping out unintentionally when there is a short-time voltage dip or voltage failure. It supplies the necessary power for a seriesconnected, DC-operated contactor during a voltage dip to ensure that the contactor does not open. The 3RT9 6/3RT9 6 OFF-delay devices are specifically designed for operation with the 3RT contactors and 3RH contactor relays of the series. Principle of operation The OFF-delay device operates without external voltage on a capacitive basis, and can be energized with either C or DC ( V version for DC operation only). Voltage matching, which is only necessary with C operation, is performed using a rectifier bridge. contactor opens after a delay when the capacitors of the contactor coil, built into the OFFdelay device, are switched in parallel. In the event of voltage failures, the capacitors are discharged via the coil and thereby delay the opening of the contactor. If the command devices are upstream of the OFF-delay device in the circuit, the OFF delay takes effect with every opening operation. If the opening operation is downstream of the OFF-delay device, an OFF delay only applies in the event of failure of the mains voltage. Operation In the case of the versions for rated control supply voltages of 0 V and 30 V, either C voltage or DC voltage can be applied on the line side, where as the variant for V is designed for DC operation only. DC-operated contactor is connected to the output in accordance with the input voltage that is applied. The mean value of the OFF delay is approximately.5 times the specified minimum time. /06

107 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories for 3RT Contactors Interface for mounting on size S0 to S3 contactors pplication Functions DC operation IEC and EN The interface is suitable for use in any climate. It is safe from touch to DIN VDE 006 Part 00. The terminal designations conform to EN Design System-compatible operation with DC V, coil voltage tolerance 7 V to 30 V. Low power consumption in conformity with the technical data of the electronic systems. light-emitting diode indicates the circuit state. Surge suppression The 3RH9 -GP interface has an integrated surge suppressor (varistor) for the contactor coil being switched. Mounting The 3RH9 -GP interface is mounted directly on the contactor coil. Terminal diagram Connection example 3RH9/9 -GP with surge suppression 3RH9/9 -GP with surge suppression Interface Contactor Interface Contactor /07

108 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactor ssemblies for Switching Motors 3RT contactors More information Contactors Rated data of the auxiliary contacts ccording to IEC /EN The data apply to integrated auxiliary contacts and contacts in the auxiliary switch blocks for contactor sizes S00 to S0 ) Type 3RT Size S00 and S0 Width mm 5 Rated insulation voltage U i ( pollution degree 3) V 690 Conventional thermal current th = 0 Rated operational current e/c- C load Rated operational current e/c-5/c- For rated operational voltage U e V 0 ) 0 V 0 ) 5 V 0 ) 0 V 0 ) 30 V 0 ) DC load Rated operational current e /DC- 380 V 3 00 V V 660 V 690 V For rated operational voltage U e V 6 60 V 6 0 V 3 5 V Rated operational current e/dc-3 0 V 0 V V 0.5 For rated operational voltage U e V 6 60 V 0 V 5 V 0.9 Contact reliability at 7 V, m acc. to EN Endurance of the auxiliary contacts It is assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly, i. e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system. The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking current. The characteristic curves apply to: Integrated auxiliary contacts on 3RT0 uxiliary switch blocks 3RH 9, 3RH9 for contactors size S00 and S0. 0 V V V 0. Frequency of contact faults <0-8 i. e. < fault per 00 million operating cycles NSB0_006a ) Integrated auxiliary contacts in size S0, auxiliary switches for snapping onto the front and for mounting onto the side in size S00 and S0: e = 6 at C-/C-5. Diagram legend: a = Breaking current e = Rated operational current /08

109 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors Endurance of the main contacts The characteristic curves show the contact endurance of the contactors when switching resistive and inductive C loads (C-/C-3) depending on the breaking current and rated operational voltage. It is assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly, i. e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system. The rated operational current e complies with utilization category C- (breaking six times the rated operational current) and is intended for a contact endurance of at least 00,000 operating cycles. If a shorter endurance is sufficient, the rated operational current e /C- can be increased. e If the contacts are used for mixed operation, i. e. normal switching (breaking the rated operational current according to utilization category C-3) in combination with intermittent inching (breaking several times the rated operational current according to utilization category C-), the contact endurance can be calculated approximately from the following equation: Characters in the equation: X Contact endurance for mixed operation in operating cycles Contact endurance for normal operation ( a = e ) in operating cycles B Contact endurance for inching ( a = multiple of e ) in operating cycles C Inching operations as a percentage of total switching operations Size S00 Operating cycles at 30 V V Size S0 30 V V V V V Contactor type 3RT0 5, 3RT0 6 (3 HP, 5 HP) Diagram legend: P N = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 60 V a = Breaking current e = Rated operational current 3RT0 7, 3RT0 8 (7.5 HP, 0 HP) NSB0_ a () e () 00 V RT0 3 (5 HP) 5 P (HP) N 3RT0 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 (7.5 HP) (0 HP) (5 HP) NSB0_0060 3RT0 7, 3RT0 8 (0 HP, 5 HP) a() e() P N (HP) /09

110 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors Technical data Endurance of the main contacts Size S Size S3 Sizes S6 to S 3RT vacuum contactors Sizes S0 and S /0 I I

111 Revised 09/30/ Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors Contactors Type 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Size S00 S00 S00 S00 Width mm s and u rated data Rated insulation voltage V C 600 Uninterrupted current, at 0 C Open and enclosed 0 Maximum horsepower ratings (s and u approved values) Rated power for induction motors at 60 Hz t 00 V hp V hp V hp V hp Short-circuit protection ) t 600 V k (contactor or overload relay) Fuse CLSS J ) Circuit breakers with overload protection according to UL Combination motor controllers 3) 3) 3) 3) type E according to UL 508 NEM/EEMC ratings NEM/EEMC size 0 Uninterrupted current - Open 8 - Enclosed 8 Rated power for induction motors at 60 Hz t 00 V hp 3 30 V hp 5 60 V hp V hp 0 Overload relays Type 3RU / 3RB30 Setting range / Contactors Type 3RT0 3 3RT0 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Size S0 S0 S0 S0 S0 S0 Width mm s and u rated data Rated insulation voltage V C Uninterrupted current, at 0 C Open and enclosed 35 Maximum horsepower ratings (s and u approved values) Rated power for induction motors at 60 Hz Overload relays Type 3RU / 3RB30 Setting range / ) For more information about short-circuit values, e. g. for protection against short-circuit currents, see UL reports ( for the individual devices. ) Values for RK5 fuses on request. 3) Values on request. t 00 V hp V hp V hp V hp Short-circuit protection ) t 600 V k (contactor or overload relay) Fuse CLSS J ) Circuit breakers with overload protection according to UL Combination motor controllers type E according to UL t 80 V Type 3RV0 k 3) - t 600 V Type 3RV0 k 3) NEM/EEMC ratings NEM/EEMC size Uninterrupted current - Open 7 - Enclosed 7 Rated power for induction motors at 60 Hz t 00 V hp 30 V hp 60 V hp 575 V hp /

112 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0 contactors Technical data and ratings of the contactors S S 3RT0 33/3 3RT0 35 S 3RT0 36 S3 3RT0 S3 3RT0 5 S3 3RT0 6 Rated insulation voltage Continuous current, at 0 C Maximum horsepower ratings Ratings single phase motors at 50/60 Hz at 5 V Short-circuit protection NEM/EEMC ratings Overload relay Contactor Size and ratings of the auxilary contacts S00 - S0 Screw and Spring connection Integrated or snap- on aux. switch block Screw and Spring connection Laterally mountable aux. switch block S - S Screw and Spring connection Single pole and -pole Snap-on aux. switch block Screw and Spring connection Laterally mountable aux. switch block Rated Voltage C Switching Capacity Uninterrupted current t 0 VC 600, P , Q , P , Q /

113 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0 contactors Technical data Contactor Size S6 S6 S6 S0 Type 3RT0 5 3RT0 55 3RT0 56 3RT0 6 s and u ratings of the contactors Rated insulation voltage C V S0 3RT0 65 Continuous current, at 0 C Free air and enclosed Maximum horsepower ratings Ratings single phase motors at 50/60 Hz at 5 V 30 V HP (s and u-approved values) Ratings 00 V HP of three-phase motors 30 V HP at 50/60 Hz 60 V HP V HP Short-circuit protection k CLSS RK5 fuse Circuit-breaker acc. to UL NEM/EEMC ratings NEM/EEMC SIZE 5 Conventional thermal current Free air Enclosed R atings at 00 V HP 0 75 o f three-phase motors 30 V HP a t 60 Hz 60 V HP V HP Overload relay Type 3RB0 56 3RB0 66 S0 3RT0 66 Contactor Size Type S 3RT0 75 S 3RT0 76 Rated insulation voltage C V 600 Continuous current, at 0 C Free air and enclosed Maximum horsepower ratings (s and u-approved values) Ratings at 00 V HP 5 50 of three-phase motors 30 V HP at 50/60 Hz 60 V HP V HP Short-circuit protection k 8 30 CLSS RK5 fuse Circuit-breaker acc. to UL NEM/EEMC ratings NEM/EEMC SIZE 6 Conventional thermal current Free air 600 Enclosed 50 R atings at 00 V HP 50 o f three-phase motors 30 V HP 00 a t 60 Hz 60 V HP V HP 00 Overload relay Type 3RB0 66 /3

114 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT vacuum contactors 3RT contactors for resistive loads Technical data Contactor Size S0 S0 S0 S Type 3RT 6 3RT 65 3RT 66 3RT 75 s and u ratings of the contactors Rated insulation voltage C V Continuous current, at 0 C Free air and enclosed Maximum horsepower ratings (s and u-approved values) Ratings at 00 V HP of three-phase motors 30 V HP at 50/60 Hz 60 V HP V HP Short-circuit protection k CLSS RK5 fuse Circuit-breaker acc. to UL NEM/EEMC ratings NEM/EEMC SIZE 5 6 Conventional thermal current Free air Enclosed R atings at 00 V HP o f three-phase motors 30 V HP a t 60 Hz 60 V HP 575 V HP Overload relay Type 3RB0 66 3RB0 66 S 3RT 76 Contactor Size S3 Type 3RT 6 Rated insulation voltage C V 600 S6 3RT 56 S0 3RT 66 Maximum UL resistive load ratings S 3RT 76 Contactor Rated insulation voltage Maximum UL resistive load ratings Size Type C V S00 S00 S00 3RT3 5 3RT3 6 3RT S0 3RT3 S0 3RT3 5 S0 3RT3 6 S0 3RT3 7 S 3RT3 36 S3 3RT S3 3RT3 6 /

115 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.. contactors Type 3RT0 5, 3RT0 6 3RT0 7, 3RT0 8 Size S00 S00 Dimensions (W x H x D) ) mm 5 x 57.5 x 73 / 5 x 70 x 73 With mounted auxiliary switch block mm 5 x 57.5 x 6 / 5 x 70 x With mounted function block W mm 5 x 57.5 x / 5 x 70 x General data Permissible mounting positions C and DC operation The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. H D 360,5,5 NSB0_0078c Upright mounting position C and DC operation NSB0_0077a Special design required. Positions 3 to 6 of the Order No. must be changed to -0. dditional charge. Mechanical endurance Basic unit Oper- 30 million ating cycles Basic unit with snap-on auxiliary switch block Oper- 0 million ating cycles Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat. 5 million cycles Electrical endurance ) Rated insulation voltage U i ( pollution degree 3) V 690 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 6 Protective separation between the coil and the main V 00 contacts acc. to EN 6097-, ppendix N Mirror contacts mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed simultaneously with a NO main contact. 3RT0., 3RT3. (removable auxiliary switch block) Yes, this applies to both the basic unit as well as to between the basic unit and the mounted auxiliary switch block acc. to EN , ppendix F 3RT0., 3RT3. (permanently mounted auxiliary switch block) Yes, acc. to EN , ppendix F 3RH9 9-. NF.. solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks have no mirror contacts. mbient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection acc. to EN 6097-, ppendix C IP0, coil assembly IP0 Touch protection acc.to EN 507 Finger-safe Shock resistance rectangular pulse C operation g/ms 6.7/5 and./0 7.3/5 and.7/0 DC operation g/ms 6.7/5 and./0 7.3/5 and.7/0 Shock resistance sine pulse C operation g/ms 0.5/5 and 6.6/0./5 and 7.3/0 DC operation g/ms 0.5/5 and 6.6/0./5 and 7.3/0 Conductor cross-sections 3) Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relays For short-circuit protection for contactors with overload relays see Section 3: Overload Relays For short-circuit protection for fuseless load feeders see Section : Combination Starters Main circuit Fuse links, operational class gg : NH 3N, DIZED 5SB, NEOZED 5SE acc. to IEC / EN Type of coordination "" Type of coordination "" Weld-free ) 0 0 Miniature circuit breakers (up to 30 V) with C characteristic 0 0 Short-circuit current k, type of coordination "" uxiliary circuit Fuse links, operational class gg : DIZED 5SB, NEOZED 5SE 0 (weld-free protection for I k k) Miniature circuit breakers up to 30 V with C characteristic 6 Short-circuit current I k < 00 ) Dimensions for devices with screw terminals / spring-type terminals. 3) For conductor cross-sections see page /7. ) For endurance of the main contacts see page /09. ) Test conditions according to IEC /5

116 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.. contactors Contactors Type 3RT0 5, 3RT0 6 3RT0 7, 3RT0 8 Size S00 S00 Width mm 5 5 Control Solenoid coil operating range C operation 50 Hz x U s 60 Hz x U s DC operation Up to 50 C x U s Up to 60 C x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils (when coil is cold and.0 x U s ) C operation, 50/60 Hz, standard version - Closing V 7/.3 37/33 - P.f. 0.8/ / Closed V./ /. - P.f. 0.5/ /0.5 C operation, 50 Hz, US/Canada - Closing V P.f. for closing Closed V P.f. for closed C operation, 60 Hz, US/Canada ) The 3RT9 6-G00 additional load module is recommended for higher residual currents. ) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc. (increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into account). - Closing V P.f. for closing Closed V P.f. for closed DC operation Closing = Closed W Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal) Operating times ) Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time C operation <3 m x (30 V/U s ) ) < m x (30 V/U s ) ) DC operation <0 m x ( V/U s ) ) C operation - Closing delay ms at x U s - Opening delay ms DC operation - Closing delay ms at x U s - Opening delay ms rcing time ms Operating times for.0 x U ) s C operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms DC operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms ) The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 0 times; diode assemblies to 6 times, varistor + to 5 ms). Contactors Type 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Size S00 S00 S00 S00 Main circuit C capacity Utilization category C- Switching resistive loads Rated operational current I e t 0 C up to 690 V 8 t 60 C up to 690 V Rated power for C loads ) P.f.= 0.95 (at 60 C) 30 V V V V 9 Minimum conductor cross-section t 0 C mm for loads with I e t 60 C mm Utilization category C-3 Rated operational currents I e Up to 00 V V V V Rated power for slipring or squirrelcage motors at 50 and 60 Hz t 00 V HP V HP V HP V HP Thermal load capacity 0 s current ) ) ccording to IEC For rated values for various start-up conditions see Section 3 > "Overload Relays". /6

117 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.. contactors Contactors Type 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Size S00 S00 S00 S00 Width mm Main circuit C capacity Power loss per conducting path t I e /C-3 W Utilization category C- (for I a = 6 x I e ) ) Rated operational current I e Up to 00 V Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with 50 Hz and 60 Hz Up to 00 V The following applies to a contact endurance of about operating cycles: - Rated operational currents I e Up to 00 V V Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with 50 Hz and 60 Hz Switching frequency Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour Contactors without overload relays Dependence of the switching frequency z' on the operational current I' and operational voltage U': z' = z (I e /I') (00 V/U').5 /h Contactors with overload relays (mean value) ) The data only apply to 3RT5 6 and 3RT5 7 ( NO + NC) up to a rated operational voltage of 00 V. t 30 V V V V No-load switching h frequency C No-load switching h frequency DC Rated operation C- (C/DC) h C- (C/DC) h C-3 (C/DC) h C- (C/DC) h - 50 h- 5 Contactors Type 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Size S00 S00 S00 S00 mm Conductor cross-sections Main conductors and auxiliary conductors Screw terminals ( or conductors can be connected) Solid mm x ( ) ) ; x ( ) ) according to IEC 6097; max. x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) ) ; x ( ) ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (0... 6) ) ; x (8... ) ) ; x Terminal screw M3 (for standard screwdriver size and Pozidriv ) Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) Main conductors, auxiliary conductors and coil terminals Spring-type terminals ( or conductors can be connected) Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5; 3.5 x 0.5 Solid mm x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) Finely stranded without end sleeve mm x ( ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (0... ) uxiliary conductors for front and laterally mounted auxiliary switches ( or conductors can be connected) Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5; 3.5 x 0.5 Solid mm x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) Finely stranded without end sleeve mm x ( ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (0... ) Main conductors and auxiliary conductors Ring lug terminal connection Terminal screw d 3 Operating devices d Tightening torque Usable ring terminal lugs - DIN 63 without insulation sleeve - DIN 65 without insulation sleeve - DIN 637 with insulation sleeve - JIS C805 Type R without insulation sleeve - JIS C805 Type RV with insulation sleeve - JIS C805 Type RP with insulation sleeve For tool for opening the spring-type terminals (see ccessories on page /76). Maximum external diameter of the conductor insulation: 3.6 mm. I_70 mm Nm mm mm M3, Pozidriv Ø d = min. 3. d 3 = max. 7.5 n "insulation stop" must be used for conductor cross-sections mm² (see ccessories on page /76). ) If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must lie in the range specified. /7

118 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.. contactors Type 3RT0 3 3RT0 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Size S0 S0 S0 S0 S0 S0 Dimensions (W x H x D) for C operation ) mm 5 x 85 x 97 / 5 x 0.5 x 97 With mounted auxiliary switch block mm 5 x 85 x / 5 x 0.5 x With mounted function block 5 x 85 x 66 / 5 x 0.5 x 66 Dimensions (W x H x D) for DC operation ) W mm 5 x 85 x 07 / 5 x 0.5 x 07 With mounted auxiliary switch block mm 5 x 85 x 5 / 5 x 0.5 x 5 With mounted function block 5 x 85 x 76 / 5 x 0.5 x 76 General data Permissible mounting positions The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. H D 360,5,5 NSB0_0078c Upright mounting position C and D operation NSB0_0077a Special version required, also applies to 3RT0.-. K. 0. coupling relays. Mechanical endurance Basic unit Oper- 0 million ating cycles Basic unit with snap-on auxiliary switch block Oper- 0 million ating cycles Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat. 5 million cycles Electrical endurance ) Rated insulation voltage U i ( pollution degree 3) V 690 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 6 Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 00 (acc. to EN 6097-, ppendix N) Mirror contacts mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed simultaneously with a NO main contact. 3RT0., 3RT3. (removable auxiliary switch block) Yes, acc. to EN , ppendix F 3RT0., 3RT3. (permanently mounted auxiliary switch block) Yes, acc. to EN , ppendix F Permissible ambient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection acc. to EN 6097-, ppendix C Touch protection acc.to EN 507 IP0, coil assembly IP0 Finger-safe Shock resistance rectangular pulse C operation g/ms 7.5/5 and.7/0 8.3/5 and 5.30 DC operation g/ms >0/5 and 7.5/0 >0/5 and 7.5/0 Shock resistance sine pulse C operation g/ms.8/5 and 7./0 3.5/5 and 8.3/0 DC operation g/ms >5/5 and >0/0 >5/5 and >0/0 Conductor cross-sections 3) Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relays Main circuit For short-circuit protection for contactors with overload relays Fuse links, operational class gg : see "Protection Equipment > Overload Relays". Type NH 3N, DIZED 5SB, NEOZED 5SE For short-circuit protection for fuseless load feeders acc. to IEC / EN see "Motor Starters". - Type of coordination "" Type of coordination "" Weld-free ) Miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic (short-circuit current 3 k, type of coordination "") uxiliary circuit Fuse links, operational class gg : DIZED 5SB, NEOZED 5SE 0 (weld-free protection for I k k) Miniature circuit breaker with C characteristic (short-circuit current I k < 00 ) 0 ) Dimensions for devices with screw terminals / spring-type terminals. ) For endurance of the main contacts see page /09. 3) For conductor cross-sections page /. ) Test conditions according to IEC /8

119 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.. contactors Contactors Type 3RT RT0 5 3RT RT0 8 3RT0. -.NB3 3RT0. -.NF3.. 3RT0. -.NP3 Size S0 S0 S0 S0 S0 Width mm Control Solenoid coil operating range C/DC x U s x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils (when coil is cold and.0 x U s ) C operation, 50 Hz, - Closing V standard version - P.f Closed V P.f C operation, 50/60 Hz, - Closing V 68/67 8/79 6.5/ /3. 6./5.9 standard version - P.f. 0.7/ / / / / Closed V 7.9/ /8.5.6/.30.9/.90 3./ P.f. 0.5/ / / / /0.5 C operation, 50 Hz, US/Canada - Closing V P.f Closed V P.f C operation, 60 Hz, US/Canada - Closing V P.f Closed V P.f DC operation Closing/closed W 5.9/ / /0.8 3./.56 5/.83 Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal) C operation m < 6 m x (30 V/U s ) < 7 m x (30 V/U s ) DC operation m < 6 m x ( V/U s ) ) Operating times for x U s Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time C operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms DC operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms rcing time ms Operating times for.0 x U ) s C operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms DC operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms ) The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks (varistor + ms to 5 ms, diode assembly: to 6 times). /9

120 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0. contactors Contactors Type 3RT0 3 3RT0 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Main circuit C capacity Utilization category C-, switching resistive loads ) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc. (increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into account). ) ccording to IEC For rated values for various start-up conditions see Section 3 > "Overload Relays". Size S0 S0 S0 S0 S0 S0 Width mm Rated operational current I e t 0 C up to 690 V 0 50 t 60 C up to 690 V 35 Rated power for C loads ) 30 V P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) 00 V V V 0 8 Minimum conductor crosssection t 0 C mm 0 0 for loads with I e t 60 C mm 0 0 Utilization category C-3 Rated operational currents I e Up to 00 V V V V Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 and 60 Hz t 30 V HP V HP V HP Thermal load capacity 0 s current ) Power loss per conducting path at I e /C-3 W Utilization category C- (for I a = 6 x I e ) Rated operational current I e Up to 00 V Rated power for squirrel-cage t 00 V motors with 50 and 60 Hz The following applies to a contact endurance of about operating cycles: - Rated operational currents I e Up to 00 V V Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with 50 and 60 Hz t 0 V t 30 V V V V Switching frequency Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour Contactors without overload No-load switching frequency h relays C No-load switching frequency h Dependence of the switching frequency z' on the operational current DC C- (C/DC) h I and operational voltage U : C- (C/DC) h z = z (I e /I ) (00 V/U ).5 /h C-3 (C/DC) h C- (C/DC) h Contactors with overload relays (mean value) h - 5 /0

121 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0. contactors Contactors Type 3RT0 3 3RT0 3RT0 5 3RT0 6 3RT0 7 3RT0 8 Size S0 S0 S0 S0 S0 S0 Width mm Conductor cross-sections ( or conductors connectable) Main conductors Screw terminals Conductor cross-section Solid mm² x (....5) ) ; x ( ) ) according to IEC 6097 Finely stranded with end sleeve mm² x (....5) ) ; x ( ) ) ; x 0 WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (6... ); x (... 8) Terminal screws M (Pozidriv size ) - Tightening torque Nm....5 (8... lb.in) uxiliary conductors Solid mm x ( ) ) ; x ( ) ) according to IEC 6097 Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) ) ; x ( ) ) Solid or stranded WG ( x) WG x (0... 6) ) ; x (8... ) ) ; x Terminal screws M3 - Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) Main conductors Spring-type terminals Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5; 3.5 x 0.5 Solid mm x (... 0) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x (... 6) Finely stranded without end sleeve mm x (... 6) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (8... 8) uxiliary conductors Operating devices 3.0 x 0.5; 3.5 x 0.5 Solid mm x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) Finely stranded without end sleeve mm x ( ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (0... ) Main conductors Ring lug terminal connection Terminal screw mm M, Pozidriv size Operating devices mm Ø Tightening torque Nm....5 Usable ring lug terminals mm d = min..3 d - DIN 63 without insulation sleeve 3 d - DIN 65 without insulation sleeve mm d 3 = max.. - DIN 637 with insulation sleeve - JIS C805 Type R without insulation sleeve - JIS C805 Type RV with insulation sleeve - JIS C805 Type RP with insulation sleeve uxiliary conductors Terminal screw M3, Pozidriv size Operating devices mm Ø Tightening torque Nm Usable ring terminal lugs mm d = min. 3. mm d 3 = max. 7.5 ) If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must lie in the range specified. I_70 Contactors Size S00 S0 Screw or spring-type terminals Integrated or snap-on auxiliary switch block Screw or spring-type terminals - and -pole snap-on auxiliary switch block Screw or spring-type terminals Laterally mountable auxiliary switch block s and u rated data of the auxiliary contacts Rated voltage V C Switching capacity 600, Q , Q , Q 300 Uninterrupted current t 0 V C /

122 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.3. contactors 3RT0 3. contactors Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Technical data S 3RT0 3 S 3RT0 35 S 3RT0 36 Contactor Size Type General data Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. C and DC operation For DC operation and forward inclination up to.5 : coil voltage tolerance U s Upright mounting position: C and DC operation Special design required. Positions 3 to 6 of the Order No. must be changed to -0. dditional charge. Mechanical Basic units Oper. 0 million endurance Basic unit with snap-on auxiliary switch block cycles 0 million Solid-state compatible aux. switch block 5 million Electrical endurance See page /0. Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V 690 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 6 Safe isolation between coil and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) V 00 Positively driven operation There is positively driven operation if the NC and NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Permissible ambient temperature 3RT0 3., 3RT3 3. (removable aux. switch block) 3RT0 3., 3RT3 3. (permanent aux. switch block) in operation when stored C C Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH /57, IEC , nnex H (draft 7B/996/DC) in accordance with Swiss regulations (SUV) on request Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 0 (terminal compartment IP 00), coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse C and DC operation g/ms 0/5 and 5/0 Sine pulse C and DC operation g/ms 5/5 and 8/0 Conductor cross-sections See page /5. Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays For short-circuit protection of contactors with overload relays, see Section 3. For short-circuit protection of weld-free contactors, see Section. (overload and short-circuit protection only with 3RV0 circuitbreaker). For short-circuit protection of fuseless load feeders, see Section. Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg NH Type 3N, DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE acc. to IEC /EN Type of coord. " " ) 5 60 Type of coord. "" ) uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg 0 DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE (weld-free protection at I k k) or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (short-circuit current I k < 00 ) 0 ) ccording to excerpt from IEC (VDE 0660 Part 0): Type of coordination "": Destruction of the contactor and the overload relayis permissible. The contactor and/or overload relay must be replaced if necessary. Type of coordination "": No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if the contacts can be easily separated. /

123 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.3. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type S 3RT0 3 S 3RT0 35 S 3RT0 36 Control circuit Coil voltage tolerance C/DC U s Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and.0 U s ) Standard design C operation Hz 50 50/ /60 Closing V 0 7 / /55 p.f / / 0.7 Closed V / /.8 p.f / / 0.38 For US and Canada Hz Closing p.f. Closed p.f. closing = closed V V DC operation W Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal) 30 V C operation < m - < 8 m U s 30 - V U s V DC operation < 38 m < 38 m U s V U s Operating times at U s ) Break-time = opening time + arcing time C operation closing time opening time DC operation closing time opening time rcing time ms ms ms ms ms Operating times at.0 U s ) C operation closing time opening time DC operation closing time opening time Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category, switching resistive load Rated operational currents I e Ratings of three-phase loads ) p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) at 0 C up to 690 V at 60 C up to 690 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 0 C 60 C ms ms ms ms mm 6 mm C- and C-3 utilization categories Rated operational currents I e Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz up to 00 V 500 V 690 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V Thermal loading capacity 0 s current 3 ) Power loss per conducting path at I e /C-3 W ) The opening times of the NO contacts and the closing times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are protected against voltage peaks (varistor + ms to 5 ms, diode assemblies to 6 times). ) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, for example (higher current input allowed for during heating up). 3) cc. to VDE 0660 Part 0. For rated values for various starting conditions, see Section 3. /3

124 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.3. contactors 3RT0 3. contactors Technical data Main circui t Load ratings with C C- utilization category I I I S 3RT0 3 S 3RT0 35 S 3RT0 36 I C-5a utilization categor y, switching gas discharge lamp s Switching gas discharge lamps with correction, electronic ballast C-5b utilization categor y, switching incandescent lamp s C-6a utilization categor y, switching three-phase transformers I C-6b utilization categor y, switching low-inductanc e (low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors I /

125 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.3. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with DC DC- utilization category, switching resistive load (L/R ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) S 3RT0 3 S 3RT0 35 S 3RT0 36 Number of conducting paths connected in series up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories, shunt and series motors (L/R 5 ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) Number of conducting paths connected in series up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V Operating frequency Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour C DC C DC C DC Contactors without overload relays No-load operating frequency /h Dependence of the operating frequency z on the operational current I and the operational voltage U : I z = z - e 00 V I U.5 /h for C- for C- for C-3 for C- /h /h /h /h C/DC C/DC Contactors with overload relays (mean value) / h C/DC Contactor Size Type Conductor cross-sections Screw connections ( or conductor connections possible) Cage Clamp connections ( or conductor connections possible) S 3RT0 3. Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals With box terminal connected connected connected Finely stranded with end sleeve mm max. 6 Finely stranded without end sleeve mm max. 6 Stranded mm max. 5 Solid mm max. 6 Ribbon cable (qty. width thickness) mm ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (8... ) Terminal screws M 6 (Pozidriv size ) Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) uxiliary conductor: Solid mm ( ); ( ) acc. to IEC 60 97; max. ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm ( ); ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (0... 6); (8... ); Terminal screws M 3 Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) uxiliary conductor: Solid mm ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm ( ) Finely stranded without end sleeve mm ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (... ) For tool for opening the Cage Clamp connection, see on accessories page /76 n insulation stop must be used for conductor cross-sections mm, see accessories on page /76. Max. outer diameter of conductor insulation: 3.6 mm. For information about Cage Clamp connections, see ppendix page 9/7. /5

126 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type S3 3RT0 S3 3RT0 5 S3 3RT0 6 General data Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. C and DC operation For DC operation and forward inclination up to.5 : coil voltage tolerance x U s Upright mounting position: C and DC operation Special design required. Positions 3 to 6 of the Order No. must be changed to -0. dditional charge. Mechanical Basic units Oper. 0 million endurance Basic unit with snap-on auxiliary switch block cycles 0 million Solid-state compatible aux. switch block 5 million Electrical endurance See page /0. Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V 000 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 6 Safe isolation between coil and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) V 690 Positively driven operation There is positively driven operation if the NC and NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Permissible ambient temperature 3RT0., 3RT3., 3RT. (removable aux. switch block) 3RT0., 3RT3., 3RT. (permanent aux. switch block) in operation when stored C C Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH /57, IEC , nnex H (draft 7B/996/DC) in accordance with Swiss regulations (SUV) on request Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 0 (terminal compartment IP 00), coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse C and DC operation g/ms 6.8/5 and /0 Sine pulse C and DC operation g/ms 0.6/5 and 6./0 Conductor cross-sections See page /9. Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays For short-circuit protection of contactors with overload relays, see Section 3. For short-circuit protection of fuseless load feeders, see Section. Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg NH Type 3N, DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE acc. to IEC / Type of coord. " " ) EN (VDE 0660 Part 0) Type of coord. " " ) 5 60 Weld-free ) uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg 0 DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE (weld-free protection at I k k) or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (short-circuit current I k < 00 ) 0 ) ccording to excerpt from IEC (VDE 0660 Part 0): Type of coordination "": Destruction of the contactor and the overload Type of coordination "": No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if the contacts can be easily separated. ) Test conditions acc. to IEC /6

127 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type S3 3RT0 S3 3RT0 5 S3 3RT0 6 Control circuit Coil voltage tolerance C/DC 0.8 to. U s Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and.0 U s ) Standard design C operation Hz 50 50/ /60 Closing V 8 7 / /7 p.f / / 0.6 Closed V 5 / 8 7 / 0 p.f / / 0.3 For US and Canada Hz Closing p.f. Closed p.f. C operation closing = closed Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal) C operation V V D W 5 5 m < 5 m 30 V - U s D C operation m < 3 m V U s Operating times at 0.8 to. U s ) Break-time = opening time + arcing time C operation closing time ms opening time ms DC operation closing time opening time ms ms rcing time ms Operating times at.0 U s ) C operation closing time opening time DC operation closing time opening time Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category, switching resistive load Rated operational currents I e Ratings of three-phase loads ) p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) at 0 C up to 690 V 000 V at 60 C up to 690 V 000 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 0 C 60 C C- and C-3 utilization categories Rated operational currents I e Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz up to 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V ms ms ms ms mm 35 mm Thermal loading capacity 0 s current 3 ) Power loss per conducting path at I e /C-3 W ) The opening times of the NO contacts and the closing times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are protected against voltage peaks (varistor + ms to 5 ms, diode assemblies to 6 times). ) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, for example (higher current input allowed for during heating up). 3) cc. to VDE 0660 Part 0. For rated values for various starting conditions, see Section 3. /7

128 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category (at I a = 6 I e ) S3 3RT0 S3 3RT0 5 Rated operational current I e up to 00 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 00 V at 50 Hz and 60 Hz For a contact endurance of approx operating cycles: Rated operational currents I e up to 00 V 690 V 000 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz C-5a utilization category, switching gas discharge lamps per main conducting path at 30 V Rating per lamp uncorrected L 8 W L 36 W L 58 W lead-lag L 8 W L 36 W L 58 W at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Rated operational current per lamp () Units Units Units Units Units Units S3 3RT Switching gas discharge lamps with correction, electronic ballast per main conducting path at 30 V Rating per lamp Parallel correction L 8 W L 36 W L 58 W With electronic ballast, single lamp L 8 W L 36 W L 58 W With electronic ballast, twin lamp L 8 W L 36 W L 58 W Capacitor (µf) Rated operational current per lamp () Units Units Units Units Units Units Units Units Units C-5b utilization category, switching incandescent lamps per main conducting path at 30/0 V C-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers with inrush n Rated operational current I e Ratings of three-phase transformers with an inrush of n = 30 or 0. The ratings must be re-calculated for other inrush factors x: up to 00 V 690 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V kv kv kv kv P x = P n 30 C-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance (low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors mbient temperature 0 C Rated operational currents I e up to 00 V 57 7 Ratings of single capacitors or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance between parallel capacitors 6 µh) at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and at 30 V 00 V 55 V 690 V kvar kvar kvar kvar /8

129 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with DC DC- utilization category, switching resistive load (L/R ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) S3 3RT0 S3 3RT0 5 S3 3RT0 6 Number of conducting paths connected in series up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories, shunt and series motors (L/R 5 ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) Number of conducting paths connected in series up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V Operating frequency Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour C DC C DC C DC Contactors without overload relays No-load operating /h frequency Dependence of the operating frequency z on the operational current I and the operational voltage U : for C- /h C/DC 000 C/DC 900 C/DC I for C- /h z = z - e 00 V /h for C-3 /h I U for C- /h Contactors with overload r elays (mean value) / h Contactor Size Type Conductor cross-sections Screw connections ( or conductor connections possible) Connection for drilled copper bars Without box terminal With cable lugs ( or conductor connections possible) Cage Clamp connections ( or conductor connections possible) S3 3RT Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals With box terminal connected connected connected Finely stranded with end sleeve mm max. 35 Finely stranded without end sleeve mm max. 35 Solid mm max. 6 Stranded mm max. 50 Ribbon cable (qty. width thickness) mm ( ) WG conductor connections, solid and stranded WG 0... / /0 (0... /0) Terminal screws M 6 (hexagon socket) Tightening torque Nm... 6 ( lb.in) max. width mm 0 If bars larger than 0 mm are connected, a 3RT9 6-E terminal cover is to comply with the phase clearance. Finely stranded with cable lug mm ) If conductors larger than 5 mm are connected, a 3RT9 6-E terminal cover is Stranded with cable lug mm ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded 7... /0 needed to comply with the phase clearance. uxiliary conductor: Solid mm ( ); ( ) acc. to IEC 60 97; max. ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm ( ); ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (0... 6); (8... ); Terminal screws M 3 Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) uxiliary conductor: Solid mm ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm ( ) Finely stranded without end sleeve mm ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (... ) For tool for opening the Cage Clamp connection, see on accessories page /76 n insulation stop must be used for conductor cross-sections mm, see accessories on page /76. Max. outer diameter of conductor insulation: 3.6 mm. For information about Cage Clamp connections, see ppendix page 9/7. ) Only crimping cable lugs acc. to DIN /9

130 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.5. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type S6 3RT0 5 S6 3RT0 55 S6 3RT0 56 General data Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. Mechanical endurance Oper. 0 million cycles Electrical endurance Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V See page /0 000 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 8 Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) V 690 Positively driven operation There is positively driven operation if the NC and NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Permissible ambient temperature in operation when stored C C Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH /57, IEC , nnex H (draft 7B/996/DC) /+55 with S-Interface Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 00/open type, coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and./0 Sine pulse g/ms 3./5 and 6.5/0 Conductor cross-sections Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays See page /3 See page /93 See Part. Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg NH Type 3N, DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE acc. to IEC /EN Type of coord. " " ) Type of coord. " " ) Weld-free ) uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg 0 (weld-free protection at I k k) DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (I k < 00 ) Contactor Control circuit Size Type S6 3RT0 5. Coil voltage tolerance C/DC (UC) 0.8 U s min.... U s max Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (with coil in cold state and rated range U s min... U s max ) U s min U s max U s min U s max C operation Closing p.f. Closed p.f. V V DC operation Closing Closed PLC control input (EN 6 3-/Type ) W W DC V/ 30 m Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via / PLC input at 0.8 U s min.... U s max closing time opening time at U s min... U s max closing time opening time ms ms ms ms rcing time ms ) ccording to excerpt from IEC (VDE 0660 Part 0): Type of coordination "": Destruction of the contactor and the overload relay is permissible. The contactor and/or overload relay must be replaced if necessary. Type of coordination "": No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if the contacts can be easily separated. ) Test conditions acc. to IEC /30

131 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.5. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category, switching resistive load Rated operational currents I e Ratings of three-phase loads ) p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) at 0 C up to 690 V at 60 C up to 690 V at 60 C up to 000 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 0 C 60 C C- and C-3 utilization categories Rated operational currents I e Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz up to 500 V 690 V 000 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V S6 3RT mm 70 mm S6 3RT0 55 Thermal loading capacity 0 s current ) Power loss per conducting path at I e /C-3/500 V W C- utilization category (at I a = 6 I e ) Rated operational current I e up to 00 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 00 V at 50 Hz and 60 Hz For a contact endurance of approx operating cycles: Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V 690 V 000 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V S6 3RT0 56 C-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers with inrush n Rated operational current I e up to 690 V Ratings of three-phase transformers with an inrush of n = 30 or 0. The ratings must be re-calculated for other inrush factors x: 30 P x = P n 30 - x at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V C-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance (low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors mbient temperature 0 C Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V Ratings of single capacitors or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance between parallel capacitors 6 µh) at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V kv kv kv kv kv kvar kvar kvar kvar ) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, for example (higher current input allowed for during heating up). ) cc. to VDE 0660 Part 0. For rated values for various starting conditions, see Section 3. /3

132 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with DC DC- utilization category, switching resistive load (L/R ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) S6 3RT0 5 Number of conducting paths connected in series 3 up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories, shunt and series motors (L/R 5 ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) Number of conducting paths connected in series 3 Operating frequency Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour Contactors without overload relays Dependence of the operating frequency z on the operational current I and the operational voltage U : I 00 V z = z - U I.5 /h up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V No-load operating frequency for C- for C- for C-3 for C S6 3RT0 55 /h /h /h /h /h Contactors with overload relays (mean value) /h S6 3RT0 56 Contactor Size Type Conductor cross-sections S6 3RT0 5. Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals with 3RT9 55-G box terminal (75 HP) connected connected connected finely stranded with end sleeve mm max. 50, 70 Finely stranded without end sleeve mm max. 50, 70 Stranded mm max. 70 WG conductor connections, solid/stranded 6... / /0 max. /0 Ribbon cable (qty. x width thickness) mm mm min max min max max. (6 5,5 0.8) with 3RT9 56-G box terminal Finely stranded with end sleeve mm max. 95, 0 Finely stranded without end sleeve mm max. 95, 0 Stranded mm max. 0 WG conductor connections, solid/stranded kcmil kcmil max. 3/0 Ribbon cable (qty. width thickness) mm mm min max min max max. ( ) Terminal screws M 0 (hexagon socket, /F) Tightening torque Nm 0... ( lb.in) Without box terminal/busbar connection Finely stranded with cable lug mm If cable lugs acc. to DIN 6 35 are connected, Stranded with cable lug mm as of a conductor cross-section of 95 mm a 3RT9 56-E terminal cover is necessary to comply with the phase clearance. WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG kcmil Connecting bar (max. width) mm 7 Terminal screws M 8 5 (/F 3) Tightening torque Nm 0... (89... lb.in) uxiliary conductor: Solid mm ( ); ( ) acc. to IEC 60 97; max. ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm ( ); ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (8... ) Terminal screws M 3 (PZ ) Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) /3

133 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.6. contactors Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Technical data Contactor Size Type S0 3RT0 6 S0 3RT0 65 S0 3RT0 66 General data Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. Mechanical endurance Oper. 0 million cycles Electrical endurance Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V See page /0 000 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 8 Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) Positively driven operation There is positively driven operation if the NC and NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Permissible ambient temperature in operation when stored V 690 C C Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH /57, IEC , nnex H (draft 7B/996/DC) /+55 with S-Interface Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 00/open type, coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and./0 Sine pulse g/ms 3./5 and 6.5/0 Conductor cross-sections Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page /35 See page /93 Short-circuit protection Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg NH Type 3N, DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE acc. to IEC /EN Type of coord. " " ) 500 Type of coord. " " ) 00 Weld-free ) 50 uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg 0 (weld-free protection at I k k) DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (I k < 00 ) Contactor Control circuit Size Type S0 3RT0 6. Coil voltage tolerance C/DC (UC) 0.8 U s min.... U s max Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (with coil in cold state and rated range U s min... U s max ) U s min U s max U s min U s max C operation closing p.f. closed p.f. V V DC operation closing closed PLC control input (EN 6 3-/Type ) W W DC V / 30 m Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via / PLC input at 0.8 U s min.... U s max closing time opening time at U s min... U s max closing time opening time ms ms ms ms rcing time ms ) ccording to excerpt from IEC (VDE 0660 Part 0): Type of coordination "": Destruction of the contactor and the overload relay is permissible. The contactor and/or overload relay must be replaced if necessary. Type of coordination "": No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if the contacts can be easily separated. ) Test conditions acc. to IEC /33

134 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.6. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type S0 3RT0 6 S0 3RT0 65 S0 3RT0 66 Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category, switching resistive load Rated operational currents I e at 0 C up to 690 V at 60 C up to 690 V at 60 C up to 000 V Ratings of three-phase loads ) p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 0 C 60 C mm 50 mm C- and C-3 utilization categories Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V 690 V 000 V Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 30 V 00 V 500 V V 000 V Thermal loading capacity 0 s current ) Power loss per conducting path at I e /C-3/500 V W 7 8 C- utilization category (at I a = 6 I e ) Rated operational current I e up to 00 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 00 V at 50 Hz and 60 Hz For a contact endurance of approx operating cycles: Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V 690 V 000 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V C-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers with inrush n Rated operational current I e up to 690 V Ratings of three-phase transformers with an inrush of n = 30 or 0. The ratings must be re-calculated for other inrush factors x: 30 P x = P n 30 - x at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V C-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance (low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors mbient temperature 0 C Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V 83 0 Ratings of single capacitors or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance between parallel capacitors 6 µh) at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V kv kv kv kv kv kvar kvar kvar kvar ) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, for example (higher current input allowed for during heating up). ) cc. to VDE 0660 Part 0. For rated values for various starting conditions, see Section 3. /3

135 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.6. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with DC DC- utilization categor y, sw itching resistive load (L/R ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) S0 3R T0 6 S0 3R T0 65 Number of conducting paths connected in series 3 3 up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories, shunt and series motor s (L/R 5 ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) Number of conducting paths connected in series 3 3 Operating frequency Operating frequen cy z in operating cycles per hour Contactors without overload relays Dependence of the operating frequency z on the operational current I and the operational voltage U : z = z I - e I 00 V U.5 /h up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V No-load operating frequency for C- for C- for C-3 for C S0 3R T0 66 /h Contactors with overload relays (mean value) /h /h /h /h /h Contactor Size Type S0 3RT0 6. Conductor cross-sections Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals with 3RT9 66-G box terminal connected connected connected Finely stranded with end sleeve mm min. 50, max. 85 Finely stranded without end sleeve mm min. 50, max. 85 Stranded mm min. 70, WG conductor connections, solid or stranded Ribbon cable (qty. width thickness) mm mm min max Terminal screws M (hexagon sokket, /F 5) Tightening torque Nm 0... ( lb.in) max. 0 WG 3/ kcmil kcmil min. /0, max. 500 kcmil min max max. (0 0.5) Without box terminal/busbar connection Finely stranded with cable lug mm If cable lugs acc. to DIN 6 3 are connected, Stranded with cable lug mm as of a conductor cross-section of 0 mm and acc. to DIN 6 35 as of a conductor cross-section of 85 mm a 3RT9 66- E terminal cover is necessary to comply with the phase clearance. WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG / kcmil Connecting bar (max. width) mm 5 Terminal screws M 0 30 (/F 7) Tightening torque Nm... (... 0 lb.in) uxiliary conductor: Solid mm ( ); ( ) acc. to IEC 60 97; max. ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm ( ); ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (8... ) Terminal screws M 3 (PZ ) Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) /35

136 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.7. contactors Technical data Contactor General data Size Type Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. S 3RT0 75 S 3RT0 76 Mechanical endurance Electrical endurance Oper. 0 million cycles See page /0 Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V 000 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 8 Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) Positively driven operation There is positively driven operation if the NC and NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Permissible ambient temperature in operation when stored V 690 C C Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH /57, IEC , nnex H (draft 7B/996/DC) /+55 with S-Interface Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 00/open type, coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and./0 Sine pulse g/ms 3./5 and 6.5/0 Conductor cross-sections See page /38 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page /93 Short-circuit protection Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg NH Type 3N, DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE to IEC /EN (VDE 0660 Part 0) Type of coord. " " ) Type of coord. " " ) Weld-free ) uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg 0 (weld-free protection at I k k) DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (I k < 00 ) Control circuit Coil voltage tolerance C/DC (UC) 0.8 U s min.... U s max Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (with coil in cold state and rated range U s min... U s max ) U s min U s max U s min U s max C operation closing p.f. closed p.f. V V DC operation closing closed PLC control input (EN 6 3-/Type ) W W DC V/ 30 m Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via / PLC input at 0.8 U s min.... U s max closing time opening time at U s min... U s max closing time opening time ms ms ms ms rcing time ms ) ccording to excerpt from IEC (VDE 0660 Part 0): Type of coordination "": Destruction of the contactor and the overload relay is permissible. The contactor and/or overload relay must be replaced if necessary. Type of coordination "": No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if the contacts can be easily separated. ) Test conditions acc. to IEC /36

137 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.7. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category, switching resistive load Rated operational currents I e Ratings of three-phase loads ) p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) at 0 C up to 690 V at 60 C up to 690 V at 60 C up to 000 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 0 C 60 C S 3RT mm 50 mm 0 S 3RT ) C- and C-3 utilization categories Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V 690 V 000 V ) Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 30 V 00 V 500 V V 000 V Thermal loading capacity 0 s current ) Power loss per conducting path at I e /C-3/500 V W C- utilization category (at I a = 6 I e ) Rated operational current I e up to 00 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 00 V For a contact endurance of approx operating cycles: Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V 690 V 000 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 30 V 00 V 500 V V 000 V C-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers with inrush n Rated operational current I e up to 690 V Ratings of three-phase transformers with an inrush of n = 30 or 0. The ratings must be re-calculated for other inrush factors x: at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V kv kv kv kv kv C-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance (low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors mbient temperature 0 C Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V Ratings of single capacitors or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance between parallel capacitors 6 µh) at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V kvar kvar kvar kvar ) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, for example (higher current input allowed for during heating up). ) cc. to VDE 0660 Part 0. For rated values for various starting conditions, see Section 3. 3) mbient temperature 50 C for 3RT0 76-.N contactor ) mbient temperature 55 C for 3RT0 76-.N contactor /37

138 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT0.7. contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with DC DC- utilization category, switching resistive load (L/R ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) S 3RT0 75 Number of conducting paths connected in series 3 up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories, shunt and series motors (L/R 5 ms) Rated operational current I e (at 60 C) Number of conducting paths connected in series 3 Operating frequency Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour Contactors without overload relays Dependence of the operating frequency z on the operational current I and the operational voltage U : z = z I - e I 00 V U.5 /h up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V No-load operating frequency for C- for C- for C-3 for C S 3RT0 76 /h Contactors with overload relays (mean value) /h /h /h /h /h Contactor Size Type S 3RT0 7. Conductor cross-sections Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals with 3RT9 66-G box terminal connected connected connected Finely stranded with end sleeve mm min. 50, max. 85 Finely stranded without end sleeve mm min. 50, max. 85 Stranded mm min. 70, WG conductor connections, solid or stranded Ribbon cable (qty. width thickness) mm mm min max Terminal screws M (hexagon socket, /F 5) Tightening torque Nm 0... ( lb.in) max. 0 WG 3/ kcmil kcmil min. /0, max. 500 kcmil min max max. (0 0.5) Without box terminal/busbar connection Finely stranded with cable lug mm If cable lugs acc. to DIN 6 3 are connected, Stranded with cable lug mm as of a conductor cross-section of 0 mm and acc. to DIN 6 35 as of a conductor cross-section of 85 mm a 3RT9 66- E terminal cover is necessary to comply with the phase clearance. WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG / kcmil Connecting bar (max. width) mm 5 Terminal screws M 0 30 (/F 7) Tightening torque Nm... (... 0 lb.in) uxiliary conductor: Solid mm ( ); ( ) acc. to IEC 60 97; max. ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm ( ); ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (8... ) Terminal screws M 3 (PZ ) Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) /38

139 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.6. vacuum contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type S0 3RT 6 S0 3RT 65 S0 3RT 66 General data Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. Mechanical endurance Oper. 0 million cycles Electrical endurance Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V See page /0 000 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 8 Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) V 690 Positively driven operation There is positively driven operation if the NC and NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Permissible ambient temperature in operation when stored C C Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH /57, IEC , nnex H (draft 7B/996/DC) /+55 with S-Interface Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 00/open type, coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and./0 Sine pulse g/ms 3./5 and 6.5/0 Conductor cross-sections See page / Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page /93 Short-circuit protection Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg NH Type 3N, DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE to IEC /EN (VDE 0660Part 0) Type of coord. " " ) 500 Type of coord. " " ) 500 Weld-free ) 00 uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg 0 (weld-free protection at I k k) DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (I k < 00 ) Control circuit Coil voltage tolerance C/DC (UC) 0.8 U s min.... U s max Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (with coil in cold state and rated range U s min... U s max ) U s min U s max U s min U s max C operation closing p.f. closed p.f. V V DC operation closing closed PLC control input (EN 6 3-/Type ) W W DC V/ 30 m Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via / PLC input at 0.8 U s min.... U s max closing time opening time at U s min... U s max closing time opening time ms ms ms ms rcing time ms ) ccording to excerpt from IEC (VDE 0660 Part 0): Type of coordination "": Destruction of the contactor and the overload relay is permissible. The contactor and/or overload relay must be replaced if necessary. Type of coordination "": No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if the contacts can be easily separated. ) Test conditions acc. to IEC /39

140 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.6. vacuum contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type S0 3RT 6 S0 3RT 65 S0 3RT 66 Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category, switching resistive load Rated operational currents I e at 0 C up to 000 V at 60 C up to 000 V Ratings of three-phase loads ) p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 0 C 60 C mm 85 mm 85 C- and C-3 utilization categories Rated operational currents I e up to 000 V Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Thermal loading capacity 0 s current ) Power loss per conducting path at I e /C-3 W 9 C- utilization category (at I a = 6 I e ) Rated operational current I e up to 690 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 00 V For a contact endurance of approx operating cycles: Rated operational currents I e up to 690 V 000 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 30 V 00 V 500 V V 000 V C-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers with inrush n 30 0 Rated operational current I e up to 690 V Ratings of three-phase transformers with an inrush of n = 30 or 0. The ratings must be re-calculated for other inrush factors x: at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V kv kv kv kv kv C-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance (low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors mbient temperature 0 C Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V 0 Ratings of single capacitors or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance between parallel capacitors 6 µh) at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and Operating frequency Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour Contactors without overload relays Dependence of the operating frequency z on the operational current I and the operational voltage U : at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V No-load operating frequency for C- for C- for C-3 for C- kvar kvar kvar kvar /h /h /h /h /h Contactors with overload relays (mean value) /h ) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, for example (higher current input allowed for during heating up). ) cc. to VDE 0660 Part 0. For rated values for various starting conditions, see Section 3. /0

141 3RT 6. vacuum contactors Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.6. vacuum contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Conductor cross-sections S0 3RT 6. Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals with 3RT9 66-G box terminal connected connected connected Finely stranded with end sleeve mm min. 50, max. 85 Finely stranded without end sleeve mm min. 50, max. 85 Stranded mm min. 70, WG conductor connections, solid or stranded Ribbon cable (qty. width thickness) max. 0 WG 3/ kcmil kcmil min. /0, max. 500 kcmil mm mm min max Terminal screws M (hexagon socket, /F 5) Tightening torque Nm 0... ( lb.in) min max max. (0 0.5) Without box terminal/busbar connection Finely stranded with cable lug mm If cable lugs acc. to DIN 6 3 are connected, Stranded with cable lug mm as of a conductor cross-section of 0 mm and acc. to DIN 6 35 as of a conductor cross-section of 85 mm a 3RT9 66- E terminal cover is necessary to comply with the phase clearance. WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG / kcmil Connecting bar (max. width) mm 5 Terminal screws M 0 30 (/F 7) Tightening torque Nm... (... 0 lb.in) uxiliary conductor: Solid mm ( ); ( ) acc. to IEC 60 97; max. ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm ( ); ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (8... ) Terminal screws M 3 (PZ ) Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) /

142 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.7. contactors Technical data Contactor General data Size Type Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. S 3RT 75 S 3RT 76 Mechanical endurance Electrical endurance Oper. 0 million cycles See page /0 Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V 000 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 8 Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) Positively driven operation There is positively driven operation if the NC and NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Permissible ambient temperature in operation when stored V 690 C C Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH /57, IEC , nnex H (draft 7B/996/DC) /+55 with S-Interface Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 00/open type, coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and./0 Sine pulse g/ms 3./5 and 6.5/0 Conductor cross-sections See page / Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page /93 Short-circuit protection Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg NH Type 3N, DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE to IEC /EN (VDE 0660Part 0) Type of coord. " " ) 800 Type of coord. " " ) 800 Weld-free ) 500 uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg 0 (weld-free protection at I k k) DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (I k < 00 ) Control circuit Coil voltage tolerance C/DC (UC) 0.8 U s min.... U s max Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (with coil in cold state and rated range U s min... U s max ) U s min U s max U s min U s max C operation closing p.f. closed p.f. V V DC operation closing closed PLC control input (EN 6 3-/Type ) W W DC V/ 30 m Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via / PLC input at 0.8 U s min.... U s max closing time opening time at U s min... U s max closing time opening time ms ms ms ms rcing time ms ) ccording to excerpt from IEC (VDE 0660 Part 0): Type of coordination "": Destruction of the contactor and the overload relay is permissible. The contactor and/or overload relay must be replaced if necessary. Type of coordination "": No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if the contacts can be easily separated. ) Test conditions acc. to IEC /

143 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.7. vacuum contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category, switching resistive load Rated operational currents I e Ratings of three-phase loads ) p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) at 0 C up to 000 V at 60 C up to 000 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 0 C 60 C S 3RT mm 85 mm 85 S 3RT 76 C- and C-3 utilization categories Rated operational currents I e up to 000 V Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Thermal loading capacity 0 s current ) Power loss per conducting path at I e /C-3 W 3 C- utilization category (at I a = 6 I e ) Rated operational current I e up to 690 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 00 V For a contact endurance of approx operating cycles: Rated operational currents I e up to 690 V 000 V Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 30 V 00 V 500 V V 000 V C-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers with inrush n 30 0 Rated operational current I e up to 690 V 79 9 Ratings of three-phase transformers with an inrush of n = 30 or 0. The ratings must be re-calculated for other inrush factors x: at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V kv kv kv kv kv C-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance (low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors mbient temperature 0 C Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V 07 Ratings of single capacitors or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance between parallel capacitors 6 µh) at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and Operating frequency Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour Contactors without overload relays Dependence of the operating frequency z on the operational current I and the operational voltage U : at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V No-load operating frequency for C- for C- for C-3 for C- kvar kvar kvar kvar /h 000 /h /h /h /h Contactors with overload relays (mean value) /h 60 ) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, for example (higher current input allowed for during heating up). ) cc. to VDE 0660 Part 0. For rated values for various starting conditions, see Section 3. /3

144 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT.7. vacuum contactors Technical data Contactor Size Type Conductor cross-sections S 3RT 7. Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals with 3RT9 66-G box terminal connected connected connected Finely stranded with end sleeve mm min. 50, max. 85 Finely stranded without end sleeve mm min. 50, max. 85 Stranded mm min. 70, WG conductor connections, solid or stranded Ribbon cable (qty. width thickness) mm mm min max Terminal screws M (hexagon socket, /F 5) Tightening torque Nm 0... ( lb.in) max. 0 WG 3/ kcmil kcmil min. /0, max. 500 kcmil min max max. (0 0.5) Without box terminal/busbar connection Finely stranded with cable lug mm If cable lugs acc. to DIN 6 3 are connected, Stranded with cable lug mm as of a conductor cross-section of 0 mm and acc. to DIN 6 35 as of a conductor cross-section of 85 mm a 3RT9 66- E terminal cover is necessary to comply with the phase clearance. WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG / kcmil Connecting bar (max. width) mm 5 Terminal screws M 0 30 (/F 7) Tightening torque Nm... (... 0 lb.in) uxiliary conductor: Solid mm ( ); ( ) acc. to IEC 60 97; max. ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm ( ); ( ) WG conductor connections, solid or stranded WG (8... ) Terminal screws M 3 (PZ ) Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) /

145 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Switching Motors 3RT contactors, 3-pole, for switching resistive loads (C-) Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Technical data Contactor Size Type General data Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. Upright mounting position: C and DC operation S3 3RT 6 For DC operation and forward inclination up to.5 : coil voltage tolerance U s C operation Special design required. Positions of the Order No. must be changed to -0. dditional charge. DC operation Mechanical endurance Oper. 0 million cycles Electrical endurance Oper. 0.5 million C- utilization category at I e cycles Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V 000 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 6 Safe isolation between coil and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) V 690 Permissible ambient temperature in operation when stored C C Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 0 (terminal compartment IP 00), coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse C and DC operation g/ms 6.8/5 and /0 Sine pulse C and DC operation g/ms 0.6/5 and 6./0 Conductor cross-sections See page /7 Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg NH, Type 3N Type of coord. "" ) 50 Fuse links, utilization category gr SITOR, Type 3NE Type of coord. "" ) 50 uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg (weld-free protection at I k k) 0 DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (I k < 00 ) 0 Control circuit Coil voltage tolerance C/DC U s Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and.0 U s ) Standard design For US and Canada C operation Hz 50 50/ closing V / p.f / closed V 7 / 0 p.f / DC operation closing = closed W 5 Operating times at U s ) Break-time = opening time + arcing time C operation DC operation closing time opening time closing time opening time ms ms ms ms rcing time ms Operating times at.0 U s ) C operation closing time opening time ms ms DC operation closing time opening time ms ms ) The opening times of the NO contacts and the closing times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are protected against voltage peaks: varistor + ms to 5 ms, diode assemblies to 6 times. ) ccording to excerpt from IEC (VDE 0660 Part 0): Type of coordination "": Destruction of the contactor and the overload relay is permissible. The contactor and/or overload relay must be replaced if necessary. Type of coordination "": No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if the contacts can be easily separated. /5

146 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT contactors, 3-pole, for switching resistive loads (C-) Technical data Contactor Size Type Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category, switching resistive load Rated operational currents I e Ratings of three-phase loads p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) at 0 C up to 690 V at 60 C up to 690 V at 000 V at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 0 C at 60 C S3 3RT mm 50 mm 50 C- and C-3 utilization categories With an electrical endurance of.3 million operating cycles Rated operational current I e up to 690 V Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz (at 60 C) at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V Power loss per conducting path at I e /C- W.5 Load ratings with DC DC- utilization category, switching resistive load L/R ms) Number of conducting paths when connected in series 3 Rated operational currents I e (at 60 C) up to V 60 V 0 V V 0 V 600 V DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories, shunt and series motors Number of conducting paths when connected in series 3 Rated operational currents I e (at 60 C) up to V 60 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 600 V Operating frequency Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour C operation DC operation Contactors without overload relays No-load operating frequency /h Rated operation for C- for C-3 /h /h Dependence of the operating frequency z on the operational current I and the operational voltage U : z = z I - e I 00V U.5 /h /6

147 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT contactors, 3-pole, for switcing resistive loads (C-) /7

148 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT contactors, 3-pole, for switching resistive loads (C-) Technical data Contactor Size Type General data Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. S6 3RT 56 Mechanical endurance Electrical endurance C- utilization category at I e Oper. cycles Oper. cycles 0 million Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V 000 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 8 Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) Permissible ambient temperature in operation when stored V 690 C C 0.5 million /+55 with S-Interface Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 00/open type, coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and./0 Sine pulse g/ms 3./5 and 6.5/0 Conductor cross-sections Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Short-circuit protection Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg, NH, Type 3N Type of coordination "" See page /9 See page / Fuse links, utilization category gr, SITOR, Type 3NE Type of coordination "" 350 uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg 0 (weld-free protection at I k k) DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (I k < 00 ) Control circuit Coil voltage tolerance C/DC (UC) 0.8 U s min.... U s max Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (with coil in cold state and rated range U s min... U s max ) U s min U s max U s min U s max C operation closing p.f. closed p.f. V V DC operation PLC control input (EN 6 3-/Type ) closing closed W W / DC V/ 30 m Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via / PLC input at 0.8 U s min.... U s max closing time opening time at U s min... U s max closing time opening time ms ms ms ms rcing time ms Main circuit Load ratings with C C- utilization category, switching resistive load Rated operational currents I e at 0 C up to 690 V at 60 C up to 690 V at 000 V Ratings of three-phase loads p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) at 30 V 00 V 500 V 690 V 000 V Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 0 C at 60 C mm 70 mm 0 Power loss per conducting path at I e /C- W 0

149 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Special pplications 3RT contactors, 3-pole, for switching resistive loads (C-) /9

150 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT contactors, 3-pole, for switching resistive loads (C-) Technical data Contactor General data Size Type Permissible mounting position The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. S0 3RT 66 S 3RT 76 Mechanical endurance Electrical endurance C- utilization category at I e Oper. cycles Oper. cycles 0 million Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) V 000 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 8 Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts (acc. to DIN VDE 006 Part 0 and [draft /89]) Permissible ambient temperature in operation when stored V 690 C C 0.5 million /+55 with S-Interface Degree of protection acc. to IEC and DIN IP 00/open type, coil system IP 0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and./0 Sine pulse g/ms 3./5 and 6.5/0 Conductor cross-sections Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Short-circuit protection Main circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg, NH, Type 3N Type of coordination "" See page /5 See page / Fuse links, utilization category gr, SITOR, Type 3NE Type of coordination "" uxiliary circuit Fuse links, utilization category gl/gg (weld-free protection at I k k) DIZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (I k < 00 ) 0 Contactor Control circuit Size Type S0 3RT 66 Coil voltage tolerance C/DC (UC) 0.8 U s min.... U s max Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (with coil in cold state and rated range U s min... U s max ) U s min U s max U s min U s max C operation closing p.f. closed p.f. V V DC operation closing closed PLC control input (EN 6 3-/Type ) W W DC V/ 30 m Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism (Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via / PLC input at 0.8 U s min.... U s max closing time opening time at U s min... U s max closing time opening time ms ms ms ms rcing time ms /50

151 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT contactors, 3-pole, for switching resistive loads (C-) /5

152 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT contactors, 3-pole, for switching resistive loads (C-) /5

153 Revised 09/30/ Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT3 contactors, -pole ( NO), switching resistive loads More information Contactors Type 3RT3 6 3RT3 7 3RT3 5 3RT3 6 3RT3 7 Size S00 S0 Dimensions (W x H x D) 3) Width mm 5 x 57.5 x x 85 x 97 General data Permissible mounting position ) Mechanical endurance Electrical endurance at e/c- Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) Permissible ambient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection cc. to EN 6097-, ppendix C Touch protection acc.to EN 507 Device Connection range Operating cycles 30 million 0 million Operating pprox. 0.5 million cycles V 690 Finger-safe Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays Main circuit Fuse links, gg operational class: LV HRC 3N, DIZED 5SB, NEOZED 5SE Type of coordination "") Type of coordination "" ) 0 0 according to IEC / Weld-free 0 6 EN Control Solenoid coil operating range C operation - t 50 Hz x U s - t 60 Hz x U s DC operation - t 50 C x U s - t 60 C x U s C/DC operation x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils (when coil is cold and.0 x U s ) C operation, 50 Hz, - Closing V 77 standard version - P.f Closed V P.f. 0.5 C operation, 50/60 Hz, - Closing V 7/.3 37/33 8/79 standard version - P.f. 0.8/ / /0.7 - Closed V./ /. 0.5/8.5 - P.f. 0.5/ / /0.8 C operation, 60 Hz, - Closing V US, Canada - P.f Closed V P.f DC operation - Closing W 5.9 = Closed ) Operating times for x U s Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time C operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms DC operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms rcing time ms Main circuit C capacity Utilization category C-, switching resistive loads Rated operational currents e t 0 C, up to 690 V t 60 C, up to 690 V Rated power for C loads t 60 V HP P.f. = 0.95 (at 0 C) Minimum conductor cross-section t 0 C mm for loads with e t 60 C mm Utilization category C-3 Rated operational currents e Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 60 Hz IP0 t 60 C, up to 00 V t 60 V HP s IP0 IP00 ) In accordance with the corresponding 3-pole 3RT. contactors. ) With size S00, DC operation: Operating times at x U. 3) Dimensions for devices with screw terminals. Size S0 for C operation. DC operation: Depth + 0mm. /53

154 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT3 contactors, -pole ( NO), for switching resistive loads Technical specifications Type 3RT3 36 3RT3 3RT3 6 Size S S3 S3 Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 6 x 85 x x x 0 93 x 6 x 3 With mounted auxiliary switch block W mm 6 x 85 x x x x 6 x 83 General technical specifications Permissible mounting position ) Mechanical endurance Electrical endurance at e /C- Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) Permissible ambient temperature During operation During storage Degree of protection acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix C Touch protection acc. to EN 507 Operating 0 million cycles Operating pprox. 0.5 million cycles V 690 C C Device Connection range Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays Main circuit Fuse links, operational class gg: LV HRC, 3N; DIZED, 5SB; NEOZED, 5SE according to IEC /EN Control circuit Coil operating range (C/DC) IP0 IP00 Finger-safe Type of coordination "" ) Type of coordination "" ) Weld-free x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils (when coil is cold and.0 x U s ) C operation, 50 Hz - Closing V P.f. V Closed V.5 - P.f. V C operation, 50/60 Hz - Closing V 70/55 98/7 - P.f. 0.76/ /0.6 - Closed V 5/.8 7/0 - P.f. 0.35/ /0.3 DC operation - Closing = Closed W Operating times for x U ) s Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time DC operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms C operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms rcing time ms Main circuit C capacity Utilization category C-, switching resistive loads Rated operational currents e t 0 C, up to 690 V t 60 C, up to 690 V Rated power for C loads P.f. = 0.95 (at 0 C) H D t 30 V V Minimum conductor cross-section t 0 C mm² for loads with e t 60 C mm² Utilization categories C- and C-3 Rated operational currents e t 60 C, up to 00 V 6 Rated power for slipring t 30 V 5.5 or squirrel-cage motors at 50 and 60 Hz 00 V ) In accordance with the corresponding 3-pole 3RT contactors. With size S00, DC operation: Operating times for x U s /5

155 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT5 contactors, -pole ( NO + NC), for switching motors More information Contactors Type 3RT5 6 3RT5 7 3RT5 8 3RT5 6 Size S00 S00 S00 S0 Dimensions (W x H x D) for screw terminal versions Width mm 5 x 57.5 x 73 5 x 57.5 x 73 5 x 57.5 x x 85 x 97 General data Permissible mounting position ) Mechanical endurance Oper- ating cycles 30 million 0 million Electrical endurance at e /C- Operating pprox. 0.5 million cycles Rated insulation voltage U i ( pollution degree 3) V 690 Permissible ambient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection acc. to EN 6097-, ppendix C IP0 IP0 Terminal compartment IP0 IP00 Touch protection acc.to EN 507 Finger-safe Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays Main circuit Fuse links, gg operational class: LV HRC 3N, DIZED 5SB, NEOZED 5SE cc. to IEC /EN Weld-free 0 6 Control Solenoid coil operating range See 3RT3 6 See 3RT3 7 See 3RT3 6 Power consumption of the solenoid coils (when coil is cold and.0 x U s ) See 3RT3 6 See 3RT3 7 See 3RT3 6 Operating times for x U s See 3RT3 6 See 3RT3 7 See 3RT3 6 Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time Main circuit C capacity Utilization categories C-, switching resistive loads Rated operational currents e t 0 C up to 690 V 8 0 t 60 C up to 690 V Rated power for C loads p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) ) In accordance with the corresponding 3-pole 3RT. contactors. ) For C operation: 5 ; for DC operation: 0. Type of coordination "" Type of coordination "" 0 35 t 30 V V 3 6 Minimum conductor cross-section t 0 C mm for loads with e Utilization categories C- and C-3 Rated operational currents e (at 60 C) Up to 00 V / 0 ) Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 and 60 Hz Load rating with DC t 30 V NO contact at 00 V NC contact at 00 V Utilization category DC-, switching resistive load (L/R ms) Rated operational currents e (at 60 C) - conducting path Up to V V V V V conducting paths in series Up to V V V 35 0 V V Utilization category DC-3/DC-5 3), shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R 5 ms) Rated operational currents e (at 60 C) - conducting path Up to V 60 V V V V 0.09 V 60 V V V 3 0 V 0.7 3) For U s > V the rated operational currents e for the NC contact conducting paths are 50 % of the values for the NO contact conducting paths. - conducting paths in series Up to /55

156 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT5 contactors, -pole ( NO + NC), for switching motors Technical specifications Type 3RT5 35 Size S Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 73 x x 0 With mounted auxiliary switch block mm 73 x x 60 W General technical specifications Permissible mounting position ) Mechanical endurance Electrical endurance at e /C- Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3) Permissible ambient temperature During operation During storage ) In accordance with the corresponding 3-pole 3RT contactors. ) With size S00, DC operation: Operating times for x U s. H Operating 0 million cycles Operating pprox. 0.5 million cycles V 690 C C Degree of protection acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix C IP0 (IP00 terminal compartment) Touch protection acc. to EN 507 Finger-safe Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays Main circuit Fuse links, operational class gg: LV HRC, type 3N; DIZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE according to IEC /EN Type of coordination "" 60 Type of coordination "" 80 Weld-free 50 Control circuits Coil operating range (C/DC) x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils (when coil is cold and.0 x U s ) C operation, 50 Hz - Closing V 5 - P.f. V Closed V.5 - P.f. V 0.36 C operation, 50/60 Hz - Closing V 70/55 - P.f. V 0.76/0.7 - Closed V 5/.8 - P.f. V 0.35/0.38 DC operation (closing = closed) W 3.3 ) Operating times for x U s Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time C operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms DC operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms rcing time ms Main circuit C capacity Utilization category C-, switching resistive loads Rated operational currents e t 0 C up to 690 V 60 t 60 C up to 690 V 55 Rated power for C loads P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 C) D t 30 V 00 V Minimum conductor cross-section for loads with e t 0 C mm² 6 Utilization categories C- and C-3 Rated operational currents e (at 60 C) Up to 00 V 0 Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 and 60 Hz t 30 V 00 V /56

157 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT6 capacitor contactors Technical specifications ll technical specifications not mentioned in the table below are identical to those of the 3RT0 7 contactors for size S00, to those of the 3RT0 6 contactors for size S0 and to those of the 3RT0 5 contactors for size S3.. Type 3RT RT RT Size S00 S0 S3 Dimensions (W x H x D) including auxiliary switches and connecting cables mm 5 x 0 x 05 5 x 00 x x 67 x 83 W General technical specifications Capacitor rating at rated power (utilization category C-6b) H 30 V, 50/60 Hz kvar V, 50/60 Hz kvar V, 50/60 Hz kvar V, 50/60 Hz kvar uxiliary contacts mounted (unassigned) NO + NC NO uxiliary contacts mountable (lateral), not for sizes S00 and S0 NC + NO or NO + NC Max. switching frequency h Electrical endurance Operating > > > cycles mbient temperature C 60 Short-circuit protection x I e Coil operating range 0.8. x U s Conductor cross-sections ( or conductors connectable) Main conductors Screw terminals Solid mm² x ( ) ) ; x (....5) ) ; x ( ) ) x ( ) ) according to according to IEC 6097; IEC 6097; max. x (... ) ) max. x 0 )) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm² x ( ) ) ; x (....5) ) ; x ( ) ) x ( ) )) WG cables - Solid WG x (0... 6) x (6... ) - Solid or stranded WG x (8... ) x (... 0) - Stranded WG x x 8 Terminal screws M3 M (Pozidriv size ) - Tightening torque Nm lb.in ) 3RV9 5-5B feeder terminal for 6 mm². If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified. D /57

158 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Contactors for Special pplications 3RT0 coupling relays (interface) for switchiing motors More information ll technical specifications not mentioned in the table below are identical to those of the 3RT0 contactors for switching motors (see /5-/7) Contactors Type 3RT0.-.HB. 3RT0.-.JB. 3RT0.-.KB. 3RT0.-.KB. Size S00 S00 S00 S0 Width mm General data Mechanical endurance Operating 30 million 0 million cycles Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 00 acc. to EN 6097-, ppendix N Control Solenoid coil operating range x U s Power consumption of the solenoid t U s 7 V W.6.3 coil V W.8.5 (for cold coil) Closing = Closed 30 V W. 7 Permissible residual current < 0 m x ( V/U s ) < 6 m x ( V/U s ) of the electronics (for 0 signal) Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil Without overvoltage damping With diode With suppressor diode With varistor Operating times of the coupling contactors Closing - t 7 V ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms t V ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms t 30 V ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms Closing at V OFF-delay NO ms ON-delay NC ms Contactors Type 3RT0.-MB.-0KT0 3RT0.-VB. 3RT0.-WB. Size S00 S00 S00 Width mm General data Mechanical endurance Operating 30 million cycles Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 00 acc. to EN 6097-, ppendix N Control Solenoid coil operating range x U s Power consumption of the solenoid t U s V W.6 coil (for cold coil) Closing = Closed Permissible residual current, upright mounting position On request Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil Without overvoltage damping With diode With suppressor diode Operating times of the coupling contactors Closing - t 0.5 V ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms t V ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms t V ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms Opening OFF-delay NO ms ON-delay NC ms /58

159 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TF68 and 3TF69 Vacuum contactors Overview Standards IEC 6097-, EN 6097-, IEC , EN , IEC , EN (auxiliary switches) The 3TF68/69 contactors are climate-proof. They are finger-safe according to EN 507. Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depending on the configuration with other devices (see ccessories and Spare Parts on page /5). Main contacts Contact erosion indication with 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors The contact erosion of the vacuum interrupters can be checked during operation with the help of 3 white double slides on the contactor base. If the distance indicated by one of the double slides is < 0.5 mm while the contactor is in the closed position, then the vacuum interrupter must be replaced. To ensure maximum reliability, it is recommended to replace all 3 vacuum interrupters simultaneously. uxiliary contacts Contact reliability These auxiliary contacts are particularly suitable for solid-state circuits with currents m at a voltage 7 V. Electromagnetic compatibility The 3TF68/ C contactors for C operation are fitted with an electronically controlled solenoid operating mechanism with a high interference immunity (for EMC values see page 3/5). The solenoid coil is connected to varistors for protection against overvoltages. The 3TF68/ Q.. contactors for C operation are designed for operation in systems with C control supply voltage which is subject to strong interference. The solenoid systems of these contactors are configured in the DC economy circuit with rectification. The rectifier bridge is connected to varistors for protection against overvoltages. Protection of the main current paths n integrated RC varistor connection for the main current paths dampens the switching overvoltage rises to safe values. This prevents multiple restricting. It can therefore be assumed that the motor winding cannot be damaged by switching overvoltages with steep voltage rises. Note: During operation in installations in which the emitted interference limits cannot be observed, e.g. when used for output contactors in converters, 3TF68/ Q contactors without a main current path circuit are recommended. Technical specifications Contactor Type 3TF68 and 3TF69 Rated data of the auxiliary contacts cc. to IEC Rated insulation voltage U i V 690 (pollution degree 3) Conventional thermal current 0 I th = Rated operational current I e /C- C load Rated operational current I e /C-5/C- For rated operational voltage U e - t V 0 - t 0 V 0 - t 5 V 0 - t 0 V 6 - t 30 V t 380 V - t 00 V t 500 V.5 - t 660 V.5 - t 690 V.3 DC load Rated operational current I e /DC- For rated operational voltage U e - t V 0 - t 60 V 0 - t 0 V 3. - t 5 V.5 - t 0 V t 0 V t 600 V 0. Rated operational current I e /DC-3 For rated operational voltage U e - t V 0 - t 60 V 5 - t 0 V. - t 5 V t 0 V t 0 V t 600 V 0.07 s and u rated data of the auxiliary contacts Rated voltage, max. V C 600 Switching capacity 600, P 600 /59

160 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TF68 and 3TF69 Vacuum contactors Contactor Contact endurance of the auxiliary contacts The contact endurance for utilization category C- or C-5/C- depends mainly on the breaking current. It is assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly, i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system. The characteristic curves apply to 30 V C. 3TF68 and 3TF69 Operating cycles NSB0_0065b Breaking current ( ) a Contact erosion indication with vacuum contactors The contact erosion of the vacuum interrupters can be checked during operation with the help of 3 white double slides on the contactor base. If the distance indicated by one of the double slides is < 0.5 mm while the contactor is in the closed position, the vacuum interrupter must be replaced. To ensure maximum reliability, it is recommended to replace all 3 vacuum interrupters. Contact endurance of the main contacts 3TF68 and 3TF69 30 V Operating cycles at V Operating cycles at V Operating cycles at Operating cycles at 00 V Contactor type 3TF68 3TF NSB0_0065a a() e () 335 () 50 P rated Diagram legend: P rated = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 00 V = Breaking current a = Rated operational current e /60

161 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TF68 and 3TF69 Vacuum contactors Type 3TF68 3TF69 Size Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 30 x 76 x x 95 x 37 General data Permissible mounting position, installation instructions) ) The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. 90,5,5 90 NSB0_0069a Mechanical endurance Operating 5 million cycles Electrical endurance Operating 3) cycles Rated insulation voltage U i kv (pollution degree 3) Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 8 Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts kv acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix N Mirror contacts Yes, acc. to IEC , ppendix F mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed simultaneously with a NO main contact. One NC contact each must be connected in series for the right and left auxiliary switch block respectively. Permissible ambient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix C IP00/open, coil assembly IP0 Touch protection acc. to EN 507 Finger-safe with cover Shock resistance Rectangular pulse - C operation g/ms 8./5 and.7/0 9.5/5 and 5.7/0 - DC operation g/ms 9/5 and 5.7/0 8.6/5 and 5./0 Sine pulse - C operation g/ms.8/5 and 7./0 3.5/5 and 7.8/0 - DC operation g/ms./5 and 9./0 3.5/5 and 7.8/0 Conductor cross-sections See page /6. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page /93. Short-circuit protection Main circuit Fuse links, gg operational class: LV HRC, type 3N; DIZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE according to IEC /EN Type of coordination "" Type of coordination "" Weld-free ) uxiliary circuit Short-circuit test with fuse links of gg operational class: 0 LV HRC, type 3N; DIZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE with I k = k acc. to IEC Test with miniature circuit breaker up to 30 V with C characteristic: 0 Short-circuit current I k = 00 acc. to IEC ) To easily replace the laterally mounted auxiliary switches it is recommended to maintain a minimum distance of 30 mm between the contactors. ) If mounted at a 90 angle (conducting paths are horizontally above each other), the switching frequency is reduced by 80% compared with the normal values. 3) See Endurance of the auxillary contacts, page /60. ) Test conditions according to IEC /6

162 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TF68 and 3TF69 Vacuum contactors Contactor Type 3TF68 3TF69 Control Coil operating range Power consumption of the solenoid coils (when coil is cold and.0 x U s ) ) t V DC; for further voltages, deviations of up to ±0 % are possible. ) Including reversing contactor. 3) Values in brackets apply to contactors with reduced operating times. Size 0.8 x U s min.... x U s max C operation, U s max - Closing V/p.f. 850/ 950/ Closed V/p.f. 9/ /0.3 C operation, U s min - Closing V/p.f. 00/ 600/ Closed V/p.f. 3.5/0.7.9/0.3 DC economy circuit ) - Closing at V W Closed W For contactors of type 3TF68/ Q: C operation, U s min ) Operating times for x U s (Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time) - Closing V/p.f. 000/ / Closed V/p.f. / / (Values apply to cold and warm coil) C operation - Closing delay ms (... 65) 3) Opening delay ms DC economy circuit - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms rcing time ms For contactors of type 3TF68/ Q: C operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms Operating times for.0 x U s (Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time) C operation - Closing delay ms ( ) 3) Opening delay ms DC economy circuit - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms Minimum command duration for closing Standard ms 0 0 Reduced make-time ms 90 Minimum interval time between two ON commands ms Contactor Type 3TF6. -.CF7 Electromagnetic compatibility 3TF6. -.CM7 3TF6. -.CP7 3TF6. -.CQ7 3TF6. -.CS7 Rated control supply voltage U s V C Overvoltage type acc. to IEC 6080 Degree of severity acc. to IEC 6080 Burst/Surge Burst 3 Surge Overvoltage resistance Burst kv Surge kv /6

163 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TF68 and 3TF69 Vacuum contactors Contactor Type 3TF68 3TF69 Size Main circuit C capacity Utilization category C- Switching resistive loads Rated operational currents e t 0 C up to 690 V t 55 C up to 690 V t 55 C up to 000 V Rated power for C loads with p.f. = 0.95 at 55 C 30 V V V V V Minimum conductor cross-sections for loads t 0 C mm x 0 e 800 : x 60 x 5 with e (copper busbars) t 55 C mm x 85 e < 800 : x 0 Utilization categories C- and C-3 Rated operational currents e Up to 690 V V Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz t 30 V V V V V Utilization category C- (for a = 6 x e ) Rated operational current e Up to 690 V Rated power for squirrel-cage motors t 00 V with 50 Hz and 60 Hz The following applies to a contact endurance of about operating cycles: Rated operational currents e Up to 690 V V 0 50 Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with 50 Hz and 60 Hz t 30 V V V ) V ) V ) Switching frequency Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour Contactors without overload relays No-load switching /h frequency C No-load switching /h frequency DC C- /h C- /h C-3 /h C- /h Contactors with overload relays (mean value) /h 5 5 ) Max. permissible rated operational current e /C- = e /C-3 up to 500 V, for reduced contact endurance and reduced switching frequency. /63

164 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TF68 and 3TF69 Vacuum contactors Contactor Type 3TF68 3TF69 Conductor cross-sections Main conductors: ) See ccessories and Spare Parts, page /5. ) If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified. Size Screw terminals Busbar connections - Finely stranded with cable lug mm Stranded with cable lug mm Solid or stranded WG / MCM / MCM - Connecting bar (max. width) mm (U e 690 V) 50 (U e > 690 V) Terminal screw M0 x 30 M x 0 - Tightening torque Nm... (... 0 lb.in) ( lb.in) With box terminal ) - Connectable copper bars - Width mm Max. thickness mm x 6 or x x 6 or x 8 - Terminal screw /F 6 (hexagon socket) /F 8 (hexagon socket) - Tightening torque Nm lb.in uxiliary conductors: Solid mm x ( ) ) / x (....5) ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) ) / x ( ) ) Pin-end connector acc. to DIN 63 mm x (....5) Solid or stranded WG x (8... ) Tightening torque Nm lb.in 7... Contactor Type 3TF68 3TF69 Size s and u rated data Rated insulation voltage V C Uninterrupted current Open and enclosed Maximum horsepower ratings (s and u approved values) Rated power for induction motors at 60 Hz - t 00 V hp t 30 V hp t 60 V hp t 575 V hp NEM/EEMC ratings SIZE hp 6 7 Uninterrupted current - Open Enclosed Rated power for induction motors at 60 Hz - t 00 V hp 50 - t 30 V hp t 60 V hp t 575 V hp Overload relays Type 3RB. Setting range /6

165 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TC contactors Overview 3TC and 3TC5 IEC 6097-, EN 6097-, IEC , EN The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 507. Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depending on the configuration with other devices. The DC motor ratings given in the tables are applicable to the DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories with two-pole switching of the load or with the two conducting paths of the contactor connected in series. One contactor conducting path can switch full power up to 0 V. The ratings for higher voltages are available on request. pplication The contactors are suitable for switching and controlling DC motors as well as all other DC circuits. version with an especially large coil operating range is available for operation in electrically driven vehicles and in switchgears with significant fluctuations in the actuating voltage. 3TC7 IEC , EN The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are suitable for switching and controlling DC motors as well as all other DC circuits. The solenoid excitation is configured for a particularly large operating range. It is between 0.7 or 0.8 to. x U s. 3TC7 contactors can be used at up to 750 V/00 and 50 Hz in C- operation. Technical specifications Contactors Type 3TC and 3TC7 3TC5 Rated data of the auxiliary contacts Rated insulation voltage U i V 690 (pollution degree 3) Conventional thermal current I th = 0 0 Rated operational current I e /C- C load Rated operational current I e /C-5/C- For rated operational voltage U e V V V V V V 00 V V V V DC load Rated operational current I e /DC- For rated operational voltage U e V V V V V V V Rated operational current I e /DC-3 For rated operational voltage U e V V V.. 5 V V V V /65

166 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TC contactors Contactors s and u rated data of the auxiliary contacts Type Rated voltage, max. V C 600 3TC... 3TC56 Switching capacity 600, P 600 Contactors Contact endurance of the main contacts Type 3TC... 3TC78 Operating cycles at 500 V TC 3TC8 3TC5 3TC56 NSB0_ Operating cycles at 500 V Mill. NSB0_ a () 6 0, a () 00 3TC to 3TC56 contactors Legend for the diagrams: I a = Breaking current 3TC7 and 3TC78 contactors Contactors Type 3TC 3TC8 3TC5 3TC56 Size 8 General technical specifications Permissible mounting positions The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface.,5,5,5,5 NSB0_00650c Mechanical endurance Operating cycles 0 million Electrical endurance Operating cycles ) Rated insulation voltage U i ( pollution degree 3) V Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix N V Up to 300 Up to 660 Mirror contacts ) Yes, acc. to IEC , ppendix F mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed simultaneously with a NO main contact. Permissible ambient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix C ) See the endurance diagram above. ) For 3TC, one NC contact each must be connected in series for the right and left auxiliary switch block respectively. IP00/open, for C operation, coil assembly IP0 Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 7.5/5 and 3./0 0/5 and 5/0 /5 and 5.5/0 /5 and 5.6/0 Short-circuit protection Main circuit Fuse links, operational class gg: LV HRC, type 3N; DIZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE Type of coordination "" Type of coordination "" uxiliary circuit Short-circuit test with fuse links of gg operational class: 6 DIZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE with short-circuit current I k = k acc. to IEC Test with miniature circuit breaker up to 30 V with C characteristic: Short-circuit current I k = 00 acc. to IEC /66

167 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3TC contactors Type 3TC 3TC8 3TC5 3TC56 Size 8 Dimensions (W x H x D) DC operation mm 70 x 85 x 00 x 83 x x 38 x 3 60 x 79 x 30 C operation W mm 70 x 85 x x 83 x 5 35 x 38 x x 79 x 5 Control circuits Coil operating range x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils (for cold coil and.0 x U s ) DC operation - Closing = Closed W C operation, 50 Hz coil - Closing V/p.f. 68/ /0.5 60/ /0.3 - Closed V/p.f. 0/0.9 6/0. 6/0.3 /0. C operation, 60 Hz coil - Closing V/p.f. 95/ / /0.38 0/0.3 - Closed V/p.f. /0.3 35/0.6 56/0. 0/0.9 C operation, 50/60 Hz coil - Closing V/p.f. 79/73/0.83/0.78 at 50 Hz/60 Hz - Closed at 50 Hz/60 Hz V/p.f. /9/0.8/0.7 Operating times (for x U s ) Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time DC operation (The values apply up to and including 0 % undervoltage, 0 % overvoltage, as well as when the coil is cold and warm) - Closing delay ms Opening delay ) ms C operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ) ms rcing time - DC- ms 0 - DC-3/DC-5 ms 30 Main circuit Load rating with DC Utilization category DC-, switching resistive loads (L/R ms) Rated operational currents I e Up to U e 750 V (at 55 C) Minimum conductor cross-section mm Rated power at U e t 0 V V V V Utilization category DC-3 and DC-5 Shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R 5 ms) Rated operational currents I e (at 55 C) H D Up to 0 V V V V Rated power at U e t 0 V V V V V Switching frequency Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour C/DC operation With resistive load DC- h For inductive load DC-3/DC-5 h Conductor cross-sections ( or conductors connectable) Main conductors: Screw terminals Solid mm x ( ) x (6... 6) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x (.5... ) Stranded with cable lug mm x 6 x 35 x 0 x 50 Pin-end connector acc. to DIN 63 mm x (... 6) Busbars mm 5 x.5 5 x x (5 x 3) Terminal screw M5 M6 M0 M0 uxiliary conductors: Solid mm x (....5) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) ) The opening delay times can increase if the contactor coils are damped against voltage peaks. Only 3TC contactors are allowed to be fitted with diodes. /67

168 DC Power Controls DC Contactors 3TC contactors Type 3TC7 3TC78 Design -pole contactors -pole contactors Dimensions mm 78 x 35 x x 366 x 90 General technical specifications Permissible mounting positions The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. H W D,5,5,5,5 NSB0_00650c Mechanical endurance Operating cycles 30 million Electrical endurance Operating cycles ) Rated insulation voltage U i ( pollution degree 3) V 500 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 8 Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 630 acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix N Permissible ambient temperature C Degree of protection acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix C IP00/open Short-circuit protection Main circuit Fuse links, operational class gg: LV HRC, type 3N Type of coordination "" 630 Type of coordination "" 500 uxiliary circuits Short-circuit test with fuse links of gg operational class: 6 DIZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE with short-circuit current I k = k acc. to IEC Test with miniature circuit breaker up to 30 V with C characteristic: 0 Short-circuit current I k = 00 acc. to IEC Control circuits Coil operating range DC operation t U c = V x U s t U c > V x U s C operation t U c = V x U s t U c > V x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils (when coil is cold and.0 x U s ) DC operation Closing = Closed W 6 9 C operation, 50 Hz Closing, V Closed Operating times (The values apply up to and including 5 % undervoltage, (Total break time = Opening delay + rcing time) 0 % overvoltage, as well as when the coil is cold and warm) C and DC operation - Closing delay ms Opening delay ms rcing time at x I e ms Main circuit Load rating with DC Utilization category DC-, switching resistive loads (L/R ms) Rated operational current I e / DC- (at 55 C) Minimum conductor cross-section mm x 50 x 50 Rated power t 0 V V V V V V 750 Critical currents, without arc extinction t 0 V V V V 7 00 V V 5 Utilization categories DC-3 and DC-5, switching DC motors ) Permissible rated current for regenerative braking t V 00 Switching frequency Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour C/DC operation With resistive load DC- - h For inductive load DC-3/DC-5 - h ) Endurance see page /66.. ) See Selection and ordering data.. /68

169 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories 3RT contactors Technical specifications Contactor Type 3RT9 6-C 3RT9 6-D 3RT9 6-E 3RT9 6-F 3RT9 6-G Solid-state timing relay blocks Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks with semiconductor output General data Rated insulation voltage U i V C 50 Pollution degree 3 Overvoltage category III acc. to EN Permissible ambient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection acc. to EN 6097-, ppendix C Cover IP0 Terminals IP0 Shock resistance g/ms 5/ Half-sine acc. to IEC Vibration resistance according to IEC Hz/mm /0.35 EMC tests Basic specification IEC Conductor connections Solid mm x ( ), x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (8... ) Terminal screws M3 Tightening torque Nm lb.in Permissible mounting positions ny Control Operating range of excitation x U s, times the rated frequency x U s, times the rated frequency Rated power W Power consumption at 30 V C, 50 Hz V Overvoltage protection Varistor integrated in timing relay Recovery time ms Minimum ON period ms (with OFF-delay) Setting accuracy Typ. % ±5 With reference to upper limit of scale Repeat accuracy Max. % ± Load side Rated operational currents e C-0, DC for 3RT for 3RT9 6 C-5, 30 V, 50 Hz 3 DC-3, V DC-3, 0 V 0. DC-3, 30 V 0. Short-time loading capacity Up to 0 ms 0 DIZED protection gg operational class Residual current Max. m 5 Voltage drop Max. V 3.5 With conducting output Mechanical endurance Operating 00 x x 0 6 cycles Switching frequency for load With e at 30 V C h With 3RT0 6 contactor at 30 V C h /69

170 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories 3RT contactors Function Solid-state timing relay blocks ON-delay, two-wire design (varistor integrated) Function chart Timing relay energized Contact closed Contact open NO contact (semiconductor output) 3RT9 6-C L/L+ can be connected / to N(L-) using either Timing relay the contactor or the timing relay. t / To be connected Contactor optionally Timing relay block N/L- Contactor NSB0_0939a NSB0_00556 OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated) 3RT9 6-D / Timing relay B/ >35 ms / Contactor t NSB0_090a L/L+ S B N/L NSB0_00557 must only be connected to N(L) from the timing relay. Do not connect Timing relay block Contactor Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks ON-delay NO + NC 3RT9 6-E / -7/-8-5/-6 t NSB0_ NSB0_0873 OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage 3RT9 6-F >00 ms / -7/-8-5/-6 t NSB0_ NSB0_087a Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks Wye-delta function: NO delayed, NO instantaneous, dead time 50 ms (varistor integrated) NO 3RT9 6-G / Y -7/-8-7/-8 t 50 ms NSB0_ NSB0_0875 /70

171 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies ccessories 3RT contactors Contactor Type 3RH9, 3TX7 090 Coupling links for mounting on contactors acc. to IEC 6097/EN 6097 General data Rated insulation voltage U i ( pollution degree 3) V 300 Protective separation between coil and contacts V C Up to 300 acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix N Permissible ambient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix C Connections IP0 Enclosure IP0 Circuit diagram L B+ B- N Conductor cross-sections Solid mm x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm² x ( ) Terminal screws M3 Control side Rated control supply voltage U s V DC Operating range V DC Power consumption at U s W 0.5 Nominal current input m 0 Release voltage V Function display Yellow LED Protection circuit Varistor Load side Mechanical endurance Operating cycles 0 x 0 6 Electrical endurance at e Operating cycles x 0 5 Switching frequency Operating cycles h Make-time ms pprox. 7 Break-time ms pprox. Bounce time ms pprox. Contact material gsno Switching voltage C/DC V Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal) m.5 NSB0_008a Coupling link Contactor /7

172 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Control Relays 3RH control relays size S00 Technical specifications Contactor relays Permissible mounting positions The contactor relays are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface. Type Size 3RH S00 360,5,5 NSB0_0078c Upright mounting position Positively-driven operation of contacts in contactor relays 3RH: Yes, in the basic unit and the auxiliary switch block as well as between the basic unit and the front-mounted auxiliary switch block (removable) acc. to: ZH /57 IEC , ppendix L 3RH: Yes, in the basic unit and the auxiliary switch block as well as between the basic unit and the snap-on auxiliary switch block (permanently mounted) acc. to: ZH /57 IEC , ppendix L Note: 3RH9 -. NF. solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks have no positively-driven contacts. Contact reliability Contact reliability at 7 V, m acc. to IEC Contact endurance for C-5/C- and DC-3 utilization categories The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking current. It is assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly, i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system. If magnetic circuits other than the contactor coil systems or solenoid valves are present, e.g. magnetic brakes, protective measures for the load circuits are necessary, e.g. in the form of RC elements and freewheel diodes. The characteristic curves apply to: 3RH/3RH contactor relays 3RH latched contactor relays 3RH9 auxiliary switch blocks ) uxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front, max. -pole and for mounting onto the side in size S00 NSB0_0077a Special version required (3RH -K. 0 coupling relays and contactor relays with extended operating range on request) Explanations: There is positively-driven operation if it is ensured that the NC and NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time. ZH/57 Safety Rules for Controls on Power-Operated Metalworking Presses. IEC , ppendix L Low-Voltage Controlgear, Controls and Contact Blocks. Special requirements for positively-driven contacts Frequency of contact faults <0-8 i.e. < fault per 00 million operating cycles Million operating cycles (0 6 ) ,5 0, 0,05 Basic unit DC-3 0 V Basic unit with attachable contact block DC-3 0 V DC-3 V NSB0_006a C-5/C- Basic unit with attachable contact block 0,0 0,0 0,03 0,05 0, 0,3 0, e -DC-3 e -DC-3 e -DC-3 0 V 0 V V Diagram legend: a = Breaking current e = Rated operational current a () e -C-5 < 30 V ) e = 6 for C-5/C-. /7

173 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Control Relays 3RH control relays size S00 Type 3RH 3RH 3RH Size S00 S00 S00 Dimensions (W x H x D) with screw terminals mm 5 x 57.5 x x 57.5 x 73 With mounted auxiliary switch block W mm 5 x 57.5 x 6 5 x 57.5 x 6 General technical specifications Mechanical endurance Basic units Operating 30 million 5 million cycles Basic unit with snap-on auxiliary switch block Operating 0 million cycles Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operating 5 million cycles Rated insulation voltage U i ( pollution degree 3) V 690 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp kv 6 Protective separation between the coil and the contacts in the basic unit V 00 acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix N Permissible ambient temperature During operation C During storage C Degree of protection acc. to IEC 6097-, ppendix C IP0, coil assembly IP0 Touch protection acc. to EN 507 Finger-safe Shock resistance Rectangular pulse - C operation g/ms 7.3/5 and.7/0 - DC operation g/ms >0/5 and >5/0 Sine pulse - C operation g/ms./5 and 7.3/0 - DC operation g/ms >5/5 and >8/0 Short-circuit protection Short-circuit test with fuse links of gg operational class: 0 DIZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE with short-circuit current I k = k acc. to IEC Test with miniature circuit breaker up to 30 V with C characteristic: 6 Short-circuit current I k = 00 acc. to IEC Conductor cross-sections uxiliary conductors and coil terminals Screw terminals ( or conductors can be connected) Solid mm x ( ) ) ; x ( ) ) according to IEC 6097; max. x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) ) ; x ( ) ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (0... 6) ) ; x (8... ) ) Terminal screw M3 (for standard screwdriver size or Pozidriv ) - Tightening torque Nm ( lb.in) uxiliary conductors and coil terminals ( or conductors can be connected) Spring-type terminals Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5; 3.5 x 0.5 Solid mm x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) Finely stranded without end sleeve mm x ( ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (0... ) uxiliary conductors for front and laterally mounted auxiliary switches Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5; 3.5 x 0.5 Solid mm x ( ) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm x ( ) Finely stranded without end sleeve mm x ( ) WG cables, solid or stranded WG x (0... ) uxiliary conductor and coil terminals Ring terminal lug connection Terminal screw mm M3, Pozidriv size d 3 Operating devices d Nm Ø Tightening torque mm Usable ring terminal lugs mm d = min DIN 63 without insulation sleeve - DIN 65 without insulation sleeve mm d 3 = max DIN 637 with insulation sleeve - JIS C805 Type R without insulation sleeve - JIS C805 Type RV with insulation sleeve - JIS C805 Type RP with insulation sleeve ) If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified. Note: Max. external diameter of the cable insulation: 3.6 mm. Tool for opening the spring-type terminals see ccessories, page /76. n insulation stop must be used for conductor cross-sections mm, see ccessories, page /76. H I_70 D /73

174 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Control Relays 3RH control relays size S00 Contactor relays Type 3RH. Size S00 Control circuits Coil operating range C operation t 50 Hz x U s t 60 Hz x U s DC operation t +50 C x U s t +60 C x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coils (when coil is cold and.0 x U s ) C operation, 50 Hz - Closing V/p.f. 37/0.8 - Closed V/p.f. 5.7/0.5 C operation, 60 Hz - Closing V/p.f. 33/ Closed V/p.f../0.5 DC operation W.0 (closing = closed) Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal) For C operation ) < m x (30 V/U s ) For DC operation < 0 m x ( V/U s ) Operating times ) Total break time = OFF-delay + rcing time Values apply with coil in cold state and at operating temperature for operating range C operation Closing - ON-delay of NO contact With x U s ms With.0 x U s ms RH minimum operating time ms 35 - OFF-delay of NC contact With x U s ms With.0 x U s ms Opening - OFF-delay of NO contact With x U s ms... 5 With.0 x U s ms RH minimum operating time ms 30 - ON-delay of NC contact With x U s ms With.0 x U s ms DC operation Closing - ON-delay of NO contact With x U s ms With.0 x U s ms RH minimum operating time ms 00 - OFF-delay of NC contact With x U s ms With.0 x U s ms Opening - OFF-delay of NO contact With x U s ms With.0 x U s ms RH minimum operating time ms 30 - ON-delay of NC contact With x U s ms With.0 x U s ms rcing time ms Dependence of the switching frequency z' on the operational current I' and operational voltage U': z' = z I e /I' (U e /U').5 /h ) The 3RT9 6-G00 additional load module is recommended for higher residual currents (see page /7). ) The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 0 times; diode assembly to 6 times, varistor + to 5 ms). /7

175 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Coupling Relays 3RH control relays size S00 Contactor relays Type 3RH. Size S00 Load side C capacity Rated operational currents e C- 0 C-5/C- for rated operational voltage U s Up to 30 V 6 00 V V 690 V Load rating with DC Rated operational currents e DC- for rated operational voltage U s conducting path V 6 60 V 6 0 V 3 0 V 0 V V 0.5 conducting paths in series V 0 60 V 0 0 V 0 V 0 V V conducting paths in series V 0 60 V 0 0 V 0 0 V V V.8 DC-3 for rated operational voltage U s conducting path V 6 60 V 0 V 0 V V V 0. conducting paths in series V 0 60 V V.3 0 V V V 0. 3 conducting paths in series V 0 60 V.7 0 V 3 0 V. 0 V V 0.6 Switching frequency Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour For rated operation For utilization category C-/DC- h C-5/C- h DC-3 h h No-load switching frequency Dependence of the switching frequency z' on the operational current ' and operational voltage U': z' = z e / ' (U e /U').5 /h s and u rated data Basic units and auxiliary switch blocks Rated control supply voltage V C max. 600 Rated voltage V C 600 Switching capacity 600, Q 600 Uninterrupted current at 0 V C 0 /75

176 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies Control Relays 3RH coupling relays for switching auxiliary circuits, -pole Technical specifications ll technical specifications not mentioned in the table below are identical to those of the 3RH contactor relays (see page 5/6). Contactor type 3RH.. -. HB0 3RH.. -. JB0 3RH.. -. KB0 Size S00 S00 S00 Control circuits Coil operating range x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coil (for cold coil) Closing = Closed t U s = 7 V W. t U s = V W.8 t U s = 30 V W. Permissible residual current < 0 m x ( V/U s ) of the electronics for 0 signal Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil No overvoltage damping With diode With suppressor diode Operating times Closing at 7 V - ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms t V - ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms t 30 V - ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms Opening at V - OFF-delay NO ms ON-delay NC ms Upright mounting position Request required Contactor type 3RH..-. MB0-0KT0 3RH..-. VB0 3RH..-. WB0 Size S00 S00 S00 Control circuits Coil operating range x U s Power consumption of the solenoid coil W.6 (for cold coil) Closing = Closed at U s = V Permissible residual current of the electronics for 0 signal < 8 m x ( V/U s ) Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil Diode, varistor or RC element, Built-in diode Built-in suppressor diode attachable Control circuits Operating times Closing at 0.5 V - ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms t V - ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms t V - ON-delay NO ms OFF-delay NC ms Closing at V - OFF-delay NO ms ON-delay NC ms Upright mounting position Request required /76

177 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT Contactors 3RT and 3RH contactors and relays Terminal designations and identification numbers for auxiliary contacts Terminal designations Identification numbers The terminal designations are -digit, e.g. 3,,, : Tens digit: sequence digit - for normally closed contacts (NC) The identification number indicates the number and type of the auxiliary contacts, e.g. 0, 3,, 3: st digit: number of normally open contacts (NO) nd digit: number of normally closed contacts (NC) Examples: 3 = 3 NO + NC 0 = NO Selection guide for mountable auxiliary switch blocks for power contactors and contactor relays The auxiliary switch blocks of the 3RH9 series for mounting on Where the columns and lines intersect (blue and green in the the front and side can be used for power contactors as well as example) you will find the identification number for the combination of basic unit (column) and auxiliary switch block (line). for contactor relays. The possible combinations of basic unit and mounted auxiliary switch block can be found in the tables below. 3-pole contactors uxiliary Version 3RT0 3RT0 3RT0 contacts S00 S00 S0 NO NC IC0_00 IC0_ ccording to EN 500 ) Order No. uxiliary switches without NO contact. 0 3RH9 -.H RH9 -.H0... NSB0_ RH9 -.H03. NSB0_06 NSB0_0053a Type Sequence digit Type Example Example 3RT0 motor contactor, S00 with NO NSB0_0 3RT0 motor contactor, S0 with NO + NC uxiliary switch with NC, 3RH9 -.F NSB0_06 5 uxiliary switch with 3 NC, 3RH9 -.H IC0_003 6 NSB0_ RH9 -.F0. NSB0_0 Function digit Type RT0 motor contactor, S00 with auxiliary switch block RT0 motor contactor, S0 with auxiliary switch block uxiliary switch with NO contact.3.. NSB0_07 0 3RH9 -.H0..3 3RH9 -.H. NSB0_08 ) Combinations according to EN 500, EN 500 and IEC are in bold print. ll combinations comply with EN Terminal design NSB0_ Type Ident. No. Ident. No. IC0_003 /77

178 Contactors and Contactor ssemblies 3RT Contactors 3RT and 3RH contactors and relays dditional auxillary switch blocks 3-pole contactors -pole contactors Contactor relays uxiliary contacts S00 S0 S00 S0 S00 Version 3RT0 3RT0 3RT0 3RT3 3RT5 3RT3 3RT5 3RH, 3RH 3RH, 3RH 3RH, 3RH NO NC 0 0 0E 3E E 3 IC0_ IC0_ NSB0_0053a NSB0_0053a NSB0_0053a IC0_ IC0_ Front auxiliary switches ccording to EN 500 ) ccording to EN 500 ) ccording to EN 500 ) Order No. Without NO contact 3.. NSB0_0 NSB0_ X 3X 3X 3RH9 -.H E 33X 3RH9 -.H RH9 -.H E 3RH9 -.F0 NSB0_ With NO contact E E 3E 3RH9 -.H X X 33X 3RH9 -.H.. NSB0_ RH9 -.H X X 3RH9 -.H3.... With NO contacts NSB0_ E 5X X 3RH9 -.H RH9 -.H X 53 X 3RH9 -.H X 53 X 3RH9 -.F.... NSB0_0 ) Combinations according to EN 500, EN 500 and IEC are in bold print. ll combinations comply with EN /78